Blood Sugar Readings For Diabetics

Diabetic patients do not live an easy life. They have to constantly monitor their glucose levels and keep them controlled. For them, blood glucose monitoring is like a daily affair. They have to deal with several tests, restrictions and medications. The glucose or sugar in the blood requires regular check ups so that it does not get beyond abnormal limits. A freestyle glucose meter enables patients to keep a tab of their glucose levels, and take corrective steps if they find any disparities.

Glucose monitors and freestyle test strips are very convenient way of checking on diabetes. Various manufacturers have come out with such digital glucose monitor meters that very quickly display the glucose levels. These devices are so simple to operate that the patients can take readings by themselves. They do not need to depend on anyone to know their sugar levels. It is not even required for them to visit a clinic or health care center to give their blood sample.

The freestyle glucose meter displays continuous glucose readings. Some models even have a memory to monitor your readings at regular intervals. This way you do not need to write on any paper to keep records. The device will remember your levels in its memory and you can show it to your doctor when it is required. Following are some of its features:

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Can someone who is a non-diabetic experience blood sugar readings as though they are diabetics?
    For instance, if someone doesn't eat all day..can they get a hypoglycemic reading as a diabetic would? Same for hyperglycemia if too much sugar is ingested? Or does the non-diabetic body just handle it and balance it? I've heard of people who have hypoglycemia but not diabetes..how does this work?

    • ANSWER:
      If someone hasn't eaten in a long time, their body should start breaking down it's "glucose stores," and their blood sugar readings should be normal.

      If someone has just eaten a bunch of sugar, it can temporarily elevate their blood sugar. However, it should be normalized within 2 HOURS. If it is still elevated, that could indicate diabetes or pre-diabetes.

      There are a few studies about a condition called "reactive hypoglycemia," which is when people who are not diabetic have hypoglycemia after not eating for a while. Doctors thought this was false at first, but it has actually been shown in research. The basis behind it is that too much insulin is released too late, so there is a rapid drop in blood glucose levels a few hours after eating. So, these people are not diabetic, but they do experience symptoms of hypoglycemia--nausea/vomiting, fatigue, headaches, irritability, shakes. It can be easily cured by food--and this is how you can determine if they are diabetic or just having reactive hypoglycemia (because a diabetic needs food and insulin).

  2. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar really high before meals, low after meals?
    I am very confused by my readings with my home monitor. My daughter has the same exact problem (she's 7 and has very high blood sugar-having her checked for Type 1).

    I've been testing for 3 weeks (I have Type 2)and my readings are fairly consistent. Fasting levels high. Very low early in morning. Low late at night. Now it's around meals that's confusing me and all the diabetic family members that I ask for advice...

    About 30-60 minutes before meals, my blood sugar will be high/sometimes very high. About 30-90 minutes after meals, my blood sugar drops a lot! I'll go somewhere around 170 to 100 just from eating a small meal. Everything I've heard and read said non-diabetics and diabetics, their blood sugar increases after meals, logically. Why is mine dropping after meals. I don't take insulin or oral meds (for diabetes) and my meals are basically the same each day. I don't take any meds that interfere with blood sugar. Has anyone heard of this? I really need help! Thx

    • ANSWER:
      Man, did you get some goofy answers, or what?.... no wonder you emailed me.

      Hmmm.... this is quite interesting. Exactly the opposite of how it normally goes... Wow. Unfortunately, I have no clue.... unless the food you're eating lowers blood sugar, and there are very few foods that can do that. Cinnamon, some melons, and a few herbs can help slow glucose absorbtion and assist our insulin's effectiveness, but their effect is minimal. I am very interested in exactly what you are eating, how many calories, etc.

      The most likely possibility is, eating is triggering your pancreas to produce more insulin than the rest of the time. Something could be fooling the body into backing off production a few hours after eating. Read up on the glucagon, glycogen, and glucose production cycle that goes on between the pancreas and the liver... it's quite interesting. I would suspect that your problem has something to do with what you are eating and this process getting out of balance. As long as you're not going below 70 and above 170 (for too long), you shouldn't worry too much. We'll figure something out.

      You didn't give me much in the way of numbers. How high? How low? Why not keep a chart throughout the day? This would be very helpful. I'm mainly interested in your fasting (morning before breakfast) and one, two, and three hour after meal readings. I'm curious about the accuracy of your meter, too. I'm also interested in your weight and how much dairy you've been on. Read my web page (below) for more on this.

      Both of you might want to consider adopting a primarily vegetable diet with minimal beef and dairy. Cut out the "empty" carbs and stick with whole grains, too. Diet and exercise play a crucial role in how well our body deals with carbs and sugar. I would also recommend some supplements that are proven to help regulate blood sugar. Especially, cinnamon and alpha lipoic acid. See my webpage for more....
      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

      I will email you with my "real" email, so we can keep in touch. I've done lots and lots of reading on this, so maybe we can figure this out together.

      As far as diet not making a difference, you might want to read these before you swallow the good nurse's advice:
      Milk information:
      http://www.drmcdougall.com/misc/2007nl/mar/dairy.htm
      http://www.notmilk.com/d.html
      http://www.notmilk.com/tudrmac.html
      http://www.rense.com/general63/ddia.htm
      http://www.sciencenews.org/pages/sn_arc99/6_26_99/fob2.htm
      http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/ency/article/002448.htm
      http://www.strongbones.org/
      http://www.nature.com/ejcn/journal/v59/n3/abs/1602086a.html
      http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_uids=15910636&dopt=Abstract

      As far as I'm concerned, there is no doubt that cow's milk is not good for you. Not even baby cows drink the stuff after their infancy... it's too rich. There's a ton of evidence out there proving that it's not good for you, yet even doctors continue to spread the myth that it is good for you. It's just like their wreckless dispensing of harmful medications that they know full well cure nothing. Yes, they might reduce the symptoms a little, but are they worth the side effects? Of course not. Doctors (and nurses) are human and subject to the same brainwashing that goes on day in and day out in our society.... milk is good because it has calcium and vitamin D. This drug is good because....... (the drug manufacturer says so and I make a ton of money off you by herding you out of here with another useless "remedy"). It's an incredibly well crafted belief system. Upon scrutiny, however, the whole thing unravels. I'm not asking you to believe me or her... I'm asking you to do the research yourself. Read some of Kevin Trudeau's stuff if you want an eye opener. Don't believe all of his stuff either. Gather as much information as possible from as wide a variety of sources as possible and make your own judgements. I did. Here's another tip... you can learn more about diabetes than any nurse or doctor in less than a month. Think about it.... how long did they spend on the subject in med school? A week? Two? Here's another item... how many diabetics have they cured? Personally, I put doctors and nurses in there with chiropractors and fortune tellers. It's your body that does the healing... not them.

      Here's more on hyperinsulimia: http://www.drweil.com/drw/u/QA/QA94119/

      It's pretty much what we all go through as we become type 2 diabetic. It's just a fancy name for insulin resistance... the precursor to type 2.

      And the pancreatic tumor the good nurse is referring to is called: insulinoma: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Insulinoma

      The trouble with insulinoma is, it's completely unpredictable and people often end up with unexplained hypoglycemic episodes. This doesn't appear to be what's happening to you. Watch your numbers very carefully throughout the day. If your numbers are consistently similar before meals (high) and after meals (low) day in and day out, you should be able to rule out insulinoma since it's claim to fame is as suggested on the webpage I linked... generally the opposite of what you are claiming happens.

      I've got a buck that says you run out of money or die of old age before you find a doctor (or nurse) that can explain your symptoms.

  3. QUESTION:
    Why are women with Gestational Diabetes expected to keep their blood sugar levels lower than non-diabetics?
    For instance, I have researched that a regular non-diabetic person is expected to have a fasting blood glucose level between 70-126 (3.8 - 7.0) and a 2 hour post meal reading between 126-180 (7.0 - 10.0). However a women diagnosed with GD (a faulty system of testing in my opinion) must maintain a fasting reading of 95 (5.3) and a 2 hour reading of 120 (6.7). Is my research on regular non-diabetic readings false or is something wonky going on here? Also worth mentioning, I was diagnosed with this in my last pregnancy, never changed my diet but never tested over either during any of my 4-times-a-day pricks. Any thoughts/facts appreciated, just not those who take a doctor's word as gospel....looking for people who think for themselves.

    • ANSWER:
      You need to keep it lower because you need a cushion of safety--having a high glucose level damages your organs and tissues, and your baby's organs and tissues, permanently. Plus, while you can be sure that a person without diabetes will quickly be able to lower their glucose after eating, so time at high-normal will be brief, people with diabetes don't have the same guarantee. Plus, having a high glucose level for prolonged periods of time while pregnant can permanently mess up your child's metabolism. They can end up with extra sensitivity to glucose, and insensitivity to insulin, making them more disposed to get diabetes at a younger age. The thing you have to understand is that even diabetics who religiously follow all the rules still end up with all kinds of problems and damage, because it really is that dangerous to have high glucose.

  4. QUESTION:
    Are her readings high or normal? Getting a lot of variance on this question?
    I have asked about my daughters blood sugar readings on this website and another one all about diabetes. People are saying that non-diabetics will NOT ever go over 140. Which from the tests and stuff people have run it does sound accurate. Her doctor gave us a meter to get after eating readings and some of her readings have been 168, 163, 161, 159, 155...(she has also had normal readings and she has had others over 140 I just dont remember them). Yesterday she also had a 62 reading after running around with friends. Some people have said that these are completly normal for after eating while others said they are pretty much diabetic readings. What do you think?
    I now feel very stupid. I forgot to mention...She has NOT been diagnosed with diabetes. (she has never been checked either)

    • ANSWER:
      They are perfectly normal readings for someone who has diabetes. Is she taking insulin? If so, you are doing fine. Watch out when she runs around, it sounds like she is going too low.

      If she has not been diagnosed with diabetes and if she is not taking insulin you need to make an appointment with a pediatric endocrinologist NOW.

  5. QUESTION:
    blood sugar levels after eating.?
    I checked the blood sugar levels of myself and my kids...no real reason, just interested in the result.
    both myself and my 3 year old got high readings.
    Everyone else was in between 100-130.
    we were between 183-190. I read anything over 150 is high.
    the tests were taken 20-60 minutes after eating.
    we had rice and chicken for dinner and hadn't eaten anything before that for 6 hours, if it matters.
    any input from diabetics would be appricated.
    thanks.
    sasha - oh shut up all ready. We were never on our way to the ER lol.
    I did mine and my kids thought it was cool and LINED UP to do thiers. I bet your kids are a bunch od whiny little twits. Mine very much enjoy science and learning about themselves. A tiny poke didn't make any of them whine. Later we are looking at my breastmilk under a microscope....you on the other hand, continue raising the pussies of america. ;) I'm sure all that experience will help them when they are working at a drive thru.
    everyone else thank you!
    Everyone WANTED to check again this morning before eating and everyone was in normal range :)

    • ANSWER:
      I would say you took the reading too soon and that both you and your 3 year old are normal.

      If you still have more concerns about your well being, I''d get checked by your family doctor or an endocrinologist just to be safe.

      Best wishes~Devin

  6. QUESTION:
    diabeties question?
    i found out a month ago i was type 2 diabetic. im 23. the doctor put me on metformin twice a day. i test my blood sugar alot. i found out i was diabetic when i went to the doctor complaining of the flu and flu symtoms. im still feeling really weak and tired. my blood sugar readings have been pretty steady around 90's to 120's. i have changed my diet alot and have lost 9 pounds so far. i work alot. 10 hours a day and work 6 days a week. so exercise is hard. i bought a treadmill and working on using it more. im otherwise pretty active around the house.

    what are thing i can do to get out of this tired and weak mode? how did you get motovated to exercise? how do you get over food cravings and overeating? did you experience any headaches and how did you get rid of them? how often should i test my blood sugar? any tips or advice for us beginners?

    one other odd question, can diabetics donate blood?

    • ANSWER:
      Last question First!!! Yes, diabetics can donate blood, but filling out the forms is a pain now. Some of the blood banks don't like us too much.

      Eating low carb will eventually bring you back up to feeling good and strong. Patience my friend!! Patience is a virtue!! It is hard to come by, but totally worth it.

      Wow!!! On your numbers, You should be back to feeling good in about 6 months. Just keep doing what you are doing.

      http://www.diabetes.about.com is a free site. There is lots of info there and a fairly active forum. Lots of helpful people who helped me deal with the diagnosis and get going in the correct directions. You might think of us as your grandmothers!! The site requires sign in to post on the forum.

      Come on over and join your grandmothers and we will help you over the seeming mountain of the learning curve on this new lifestyle.

  7. QUESTION:
    high HbA1c, uncontrolled high blood sugars and ketones for ages...help!?
    i've been a type 1 diabetic for about 10 1/2 years now, but ever since last february when i contracted e-coli in my kidneys and was hospitalised for 6 days it has been becoming more and more uncontrolled, until now i have a HbA1c of 14.1 (!!) and recently went into hospital with a blood sugar of 45 (for you americans, use this site http://www.medindia.net/patients/Calculators/bloodsugar-conversion.asp but believe me, it's a lot.normal range in the UK system is 4-8). i'm using the basal bolus system and am taking novorapid and levemir. tests at the hospital all seem to be fine but i;m getting regular 'HI' sugar readings and am seriously worried about risks of more serious complications in future. anyone got any tips/ideas about what might be happening as my ridiculous doctors seem to have no clue, and, as we all know, diabetics know best! any similar experiences would be really interesting to hear as well.
    thanks in advance guys.

    • ANSWER:
      It sounds to me as though you need to increase your background insulin (Levemir).
      Initially increase each dose by 1 or 2 units and test frequently for the next week.
      Are you taking it once or twice a day ? Its supposed to last 24 hours but in most people it wears off after about 18 so you should split the dose and take it at 12 hour intervals if you are not already doing this.

      A good way to check if you need to do this is to eat two consecutive meals with NO CARBS in - so you don't need to dose for them. If your background insulin is at the right dosage your sugar levels should remain pretty much constant (within 1 or 2 on your meter) over this period. Test before each meal and 2 hours after while you try this. I would reccommend that you do this on a day when you can be at home for the time involved, rather than out or at work, would be easier.
      Also, if you are gettin HI reading frequently, you may not be taking enough insulin for the food you are eating ?
      Are you doing carb counting ? If so, are you allowing enough carbs per portion in you calculations?
      If you are, then you need to adjust your with-food dose upwards - again, initially only increase this by a small amount for each meal, and test regularly.

      Do not do the changes to both types of insulin at the same time - do the Levemir first. Otherwise you will not be able to judge which one needed changing.

      I had the same problem a while back and it took several weeks of fiddling with insulin to food ratios and changing the background dose, but it did improve after a while.

  8. QUESTION:
    What does it mean when a husband shuts down on you because his mother is shutting down on him?
    My husband is worried beyond belief about his mother and her Alzheimer's. I am also , i have found two home health agencies to take care of her needs at home so she would not have to be placed in a dirty nursing home. I call every week to make sure they are showing up and doing their jobs. She is also a type 2 diabetic so i stay in touch with the nurse every two weeks to check on her blood sugar readings. My father in law is the primary care giver , the person she relies on the most. He is always there day and night but recently he has come down with heart troubles and extreme high blood pressure issues. Neither one of them have a great diet, i have cooked good healthy meals that diabetics can eat without compromising the blood sugar issues or bringing up his blood pressure and i do this twice a week, but they eat like birds and throw the majority of the food out because after i leave they do not like it, oh well. But think about this , they have one son, my husband and two sorry daughters that all they can do and is nag and worry him to death and they really do not come to visit and relieve him of his duties or help out so he can rest . I do it all, why ? because i care, i also have a daughter with disabilities and seizures and a brain disorder , so my life and hands are pretty full also. So why do i have to stand behind my husband all the time and be second on his list? If i am doing all the leg work so to speak and i do have living parents myself that are not in the best of health. He has never done a thing for them. Why should i feel like he is shutting down on me emotionally and physically when i am helping do every thing that he should be doing but will not because he would rather sit back in denial and whine? I feel like he has put me on a shelf and left me there until one day a miracle happens and she starts remembering who he is again and be able to communicate with him and pamper him again. He is a mommas baby , always has been, but this is getting to be a little bit too much for me to handle. What should i do? I have talked to his doctor about depression and therapy and his doctor agreed with me and wanted him to try a therapy treatment first , he really does not like the side effects of the depression pills , neither do i to be frank with you , but he is going to burn himself out someday and go completely nuts if someone other than myself , because he will not listen to me does something to help him. What or how should i go about this and still maintain a good , christian marriage and let his kids be at peace in our home?

    • ANSWER:
      Wow. So sorry for all the stress you are dealing with. Just want to encourage you. I know you need it.

      In regards to the hubby, keep in mind that men deal with things a LOT different than women. We tend to internalize things. Women tend to talk things out. Just don't expect him to act like YOU would act. He is a typical guy if he is "shutting down." Don't take it personally. Us guys crawl into ourselves to deal with our emotions.

      Have you ever read "Men are from Mars, Women are from Venus?" I recommend it.

      I know it doesn't help you feel much better to know his shutting down is normal. It leaves you isolated. All we can hope is that he will come out on the other end and realize all you have done.

      Be patient sweety. Hang in there.

  9. QUESTION:
    To All my fellow Diabetics:I'm eating Crow.?
    My brother was diagnosed with Diabetes about 20 years a go and is kept under control by Insulin.As the years went on he finely convents my mom to get tested.She was diagnosed with it as well and is using Metformin to control it.I also was diagnosed with it just after my mom was.She went to the classes.I did not.She said she could teach me what she knows.She did not like to stk her self and said she could not get any blood out and when she, did the meter would not work.I found some pain is involved to get the blood out.But meter would not work for me.most of the time I got error.The store I bout it from first said it was working fine.I got it to fail for them.They said Ok you do need a knew one but they could not just hand me a new one without a new perception even though I had the receipt.When I ask my doctor for a new perception, told me they could use the one they had on file.When I went back to the store they denied I ever gave them a perception and my doctor would have to call them to verify that I needed the meter with the test strips.I expected my doctor to ask me for a new perception for the test strips,when he did I told him I need one for a meter as well.He said he would take care of it with my other new perceptions.I got that same song and dance every time I saw him and never did get a perception for the strips A gen he asked me for my blood readings and I told him I needed a new meter and strips and to get them he needed to write me up a perception.I got fed up with him after he could not tell me why I was being charged 700 dalliers I never received.I changed Doctors and got my perceptions renewed.Still no perception for a meter or strips.Same song and Dance.I lost my job and insurance.I spent a better part of a year not seeing a doctor and having pharmacist call to renew my perceptions,tell the doctor would not refill them no more.I got a new Clinic doctor,I showed him my bad meter and was given a new one with strips on the spot.Later his nurse gave me one that used cheaper strips.But now I am on Insulin and finding out that Cheese Crackers and carbohydrates are not solution to a lowe blood sugar attack.It will help if you have the time to what.My mom was the one how told me you should eat a carbohydrate when you have thees attacks.Unless you have some glucose tablets on hand and in a pinch a hard candy or bar.You can tell without a meter if you are high or low just by the way you feel.Now that I know better and I was wrong my answers.You can all tell me you told me so.And now I have to eat crow.A big one with Sheep Herder's Pot of Coffey. Now how do I tell my mother who thinks she is alwas rite she is wrong.My brother has tried for years to no avail.I have ben thinking of making a list of questions pertaining to her miss information to ask the instructor and drag her with me to hear the correct answers.For my self Vegetables are the best to snack on scents the carbohydrates are lower and my body can handle them better.Meats and cheeses are ok but they are high in cholesterol's and I already have a high count there.I wish Vegetables wore not so expensive.I do won't to hear from you,I do wan't you to say I TOLD YOU SO.

    • ANSWER:
      Yes we told you so, over and over again. Now, willy, take the class. Never mind what your mother tells you-get the information first hand.

  10. QUESTION:
    Diabetic and steroid injections?
    Hi i am a type 1 diabetic and have had bad shoulder pain for 6 months.
    I have had physio which has help a bit, but that has now finished.
    I have been sent back to my doctor who wants to inject the joint with steroids.
    Has any one else been offered this or had this done?
    What were the side effects?
    Did it mess up your blood sugars?
    Did they help?
    Do they last?
    I am asking this as i have had steroids in the past when i've had asthma attacks and they have sent my blood sugars really high im talking of blood sugar readings of 28 constantly and keytones. I have also heard bad reports of these injections in non diabetics also
    I would like to hear any experiences good or bad.
    I am steering towards not having it done and just putting up with the pain.

    • ANSWER:
      I had to have steroid injections in my neck, and I had to take prednison orally before surgery on my neck after the shots didn't do anything but spike my blood sugar off my meter. If you're going to do the shots, up your basal; most everyone I know had to nearly double their basal dose(s) for a few days to a couple of weeks afterward. Bolus amounts will need to go up too. I recommend testing a lot more often as well to make sure you're on top of any changes when they happen. You need to know when you can start lowering your rates again, or when you need to raise something because what you took before didn't work well enough. Good luck!

  11. QUESTION:
    omg any type 1 diabetics out there?
    Im 17 and i've have diabetes since i was eleven yrs old. Okay two days ago (tuesday) it was time for my snack at 8:00pm at night so i checked it and the reading was 288. i just ate a sugar free jello and water. i knew it was gonna be high cuz i felt it. The thing is that the next morning at 8:00 am it was time for my insulin shot i checked and it said 274. i had breakfast and through out the day my readings were fine again like 73,118,123. I still feel like my blood sugar is high but its not.. And im feeling sick . How can i feel normal again??????????? HELP D:

    • ANSWER:
      The sensation of your blood glucose rapidly changing can feel bad no matter what direction it went in, and if you've been high for a while and then get normal, that can feel crummy for a while, too. There's not a whole lot you can do about that.

      Talk to your endocrinologist about testing more often and about starting with an insulin pump... those are the best steps you can take toward maintaining stable glucose that doesn't feel awful.

  12. QUESTION:
    Do you think she is full diabetic or pre-diabetic?
    My daughter was recently diagnosed as a "pre-diabetic". The doctor didn't tell us very much except to check her blood sugar a few times a week just so he could see the readings. So we have been checking her blood sugar and the readings after eating have been 168, 163, 159, 155, 149. These are just some of them (she has also had a few normal readings as well). Today she told me she felt funny after running around playing with her friends and so I just thought I would check her blood sugar and see if maybe it was that. It was 62. I figured that was kinda low so I just gave her juice and within a few minutes she was fine. Do pre-diabetics go "low" too? I know it isn't that low but still. We are still waiting for a1c results that her doctor ordered. I know I have asked a few questions on this already but I want lots of opinons from people who have expirences with this and I wanted to know about the reading she had today. Thanks so much for all the help!
    Oh and she is not over-weight and is 10 years old.
    The 62 was after a lot of running and playing outside if that helps at all.

    • ANSWER:
      So many well meaning people that get too technical (because they really do know so much about diabetes) and wind up confusing! I think, if it were my daughter, I would get her in to see an Endocrinologist -"diabetes doctor" and let him set up a schedule of testing for her so you can get an honest read on what her pancreas is doing. My doctor wanted me to do the following when I was first diagnosed: Test first thing in the morning (fasting blood glucose) and then 2-3 hours after breakfast. Then before and after lunch and dinner the same way. It won't take long to get a profile that everyone can understand and you will know what needs to be done - Type 1 (insulin shots), type 2(medications) or no diabetes at all. No "pre-diabetes".

      P.S. Testing too soon after eating is going to give a high reading. It's best for me three hours after.

  13. QUESTION:
    fasting of 86 but high random glucose? Why did it go this high?
    I have been checking my blood sugar a few times just out of intrest (my dad has it and he lets me check with his meter a few times). I have had a few readings over 200 and a few in the high 100's. These were random and prob. after I ate or a while after. I took mine this morning and it was 86. This is completely normal which I was VERY grateful for. What I was wondering is...why would my sugar be over 200? I thought non-diabetics sugar never went over like 140? I am NOT asking if I have diabetes simply wondering why it went over 200. Thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      You're not the only one..I am normal at fasting, I eat, and booom,, up, up, up we do... but then....I go down, down, toooo far down, UNLESS I eat something to get me higher... thus the cycle I live in.

      You should fast the night before, take ur fasting level, then eat, and do it an hour, and then the 2nd hour later..THEN- see if it goes normal or is normal for a while and then goes too low, like me.
      It's not a fun thing.
      I guess the dr wont give me pills becuase I secreete too much insulin ( later) on my own, and go hypoglycimic.

  14. QUESTION:
    Diabetes, carbs, calories and sugars?
    My husband recently spent 6 days in the hospital -- and after many tests he was diagnosed with diabetes. His blood sugar levels were so high, the monitors wouldn't register and his blood work had to be sent to the lab. Part of the problem was IV steroids. At present, he is on a steroid taper.

    The doctors sent him home for us to adjust his insulin based on his BG readings. He administers Levemir twice daily, and NovoLog before meals and snacks according to his BG readings -- sliding scale.

    While in the hospital, a dietician and Diabetes nurse visited to explain his diet plan. I was surprised they didn't warn him about sugar intake, and only counseled him on carbs. While in the hospital, his BG readings ranged anywhere from 187 after fasting all night to over 500. Since we have been home, his BG readings range from 87 in the mornings to 392 at the end of the day.

    The Diabetes Nurse called this morning to check on my husband and I told her that we were watching his carbs and sugar, but his levels were still fluctuating drastically. The nurse told me that we aren't supposed to be watching sugar intake, just carb intake -- huh?

    Is this something new? Does anyone else follow this diet plan? We have several family members who are diabetic and I am careful to prepare sugar free dishes especially for them -- but now I am being told to forget what I know and follow this new thought of just watching carbs. The dietician and Diabetes Nurse both recommended my husband follow a 2,000 calorie a day diet, and encouraged him to be consistent with 5 carbs per meal and snacks -- they showed him how to read food labels and how to look for carbs ... and carbs only.

    Thoughts?

    Aren't most diabetics warned to count sugars, carbs (simple and complex) and calories? Am I missing something here?
    Noccie, Does that mean your son can eat breakfast cereals, cookies, chips, snacks, desserts, etc. that contain sugar and all he must worry about is the total carbs per serving? That is what the diabetes nurse is telling us -- that may also explain why my husband's BG levels are coming down quicker at home, where we are watching calories, carbs and sugars, than when he was in the hospital. I realize that sugar is a carb -- but isn't sugar, not just carbohydrates, the enemy for someone who is diabetic?
    German Shepherd -- I, too, thought 5 servings of carbs per meal and snacks was excessive. In turn, we are slowly lowering the servings on our own -- and we can certainly tell by the BG readings. The doctors and nurses couldn't get him below 187 -- and we are getting there... slowly, but surely.

    Also, I understand that sugars are carbs -- but isn't that why we should be closely monitoring the sugars? Eliminating sugar makes counting carbs much simpler ..... and I can tell that it has had a tremendous impact on his BG readings.

    • ANSWER:
      I am no longer a diabetic.(i had gastric bypass surgery)but i was always told to watch my sugar and carb intake.

  15. QUESTION:
    how do i know i have type 2 diabetes?
    im 43 yr old man with a weight of 225. i looked up the symptoms. and none of them fit? im not thirsty all the time? i dont pee every 20 minutes. ill say im hungry all the time because most of the foods i eat aren't filling [chicken / pasta / soup /potato] my sleep cycle is screwed up yes, im awake all hours of the night, sleep 2 hours at a time and awake, and then fall asleep at 2pm in the afternoon. i had a blood test in 2009, and everything was fine. the doctor said 'no diabetes now or 6 months before'' i guess he meant my A1C. but he never told me my number.

    in April of this year,i had a blood test that i may have screwed up by eating something sweet 6 hours before they drew my blood. in my test my blood sugar was 149. my doctor didnt say anything about my A1C or if there was sugar in my pee. he said everything else was normal [liver / kidneys] but he prescribed a diabetic pill for me to take. metformin [glucopage] 500mg extended release. he said take 1 pill after my pasta dinner.

    i purchased my own blood glucose meter, to see what my blood sugar was? and i dont understand these readings?

    i wake up in the morning after not eating for almost 10 hours and the reading is 150? i have lunch of lipton noodles and chopped up chicken. i wait an hour or two and and test it, and the number is 25-30 points lower, it was 117? i have my dinner of pasta [lingiuine] a big plate with some chopped up sausage, i wait one hour and its 134? i thought it would be a high number? like over 200? i wait another hour and its 10 points lower?

    I DONT UNDERSTAND? i hope there are some diabetics out there that do.

    to be honest i am afraid to take this pill metformin [glocophage] because if it lowers my blood sugar to much, ill go into shock? and i live alone! so i could die in my bed?

    help me out here please? my dad was diabetic. and it took his life! his kidneys stopped working and he died on the dialysis machine! so you can understand why im so frightened!

    • ANSWER:
      A true non-diabetic fasting sugar is under 110.

      The fact that you ate something sweet 6 hours before the blood test does not negate the 149 figure. In a normal person, blood sugar goes back to normal (ie under 140, but usually under 110), 2 hours after a meal. So 149 was pretty high and certainly not in the normal range. But one high reading does not diabetes make. However what is of concern is that you have now had TWO high fasting blood sugar readings. Diagnostic standards for diabetes differ, but in my book, two high fasting blood sugars indicates diabetes. I'd go back and consult a doctor.

      The fact that your post-meal numbers are normal could be a good or a bad thing. The good thing is that the numbers are normal. The bad thing is that it could mean that your pancreas is straining itself, over-producing insulin to mop up all the glucose. This is called hyperinsulinemia and is strongly co-related with diabetes.

      As to your fears about metformin, I think you don't have anything to worry about. First of all, 500mg is a very very low dose and most people don't even see results from that low a dose. People normally start off with 500mg and the dosage is then increased. Metformin is a very well-established and safe drug. And it will NEVER lower your blood sugar to the extent that you would have a shock or die in your bed. That can only happen with a large excess of injected insulin.

      Finally, I understand that you've had traumatic family experiences with diabetes, but diabetes doesn't need to be that scary. The scary complications are the result of uncontrolled high blood sugars. Risks are greatly reduced the more normal blood sugar is. It is not diabetes that kills, but many years of uncontrolled high blood sugars. Diabetics can and do have normal blood sugars! And to quote someone on TV, 'the number one complication of well-controlled diabetes is absolutely nothing!'

  16. QUESTION:
    I just dont get it! WHAT THE HELL IS GOING ON!?
    UGH ok get ready for a long story, well my dad and cousin are type 1 diabetics, i always worry i will become one, i am a 14 year old boy and not overweight, my cousin got diabetes when he was 11 or 12, i think 11, my dad got it when he was 10, when i check my fasting blood sugar i usualy get from 81 to 99, but then for some reson i get lots of readings that are from 100 to 115 somtimes! i dont get it why does it RANDOMLY do this. And no the high reading i do not eat alot of sugar, it just pops up out of no where!! Please can you give me some advice! Like for example one time this weeek i checked my blood sugar 1 hour after i ate a half a bag of chips and it was 123
    ! then i checked 3 hours after i ate them and it was 116. Yet somtimes after i eat like an hour or two after its fine and under 100. O yea i forgot to mention IM NOT A DIABETIC. Please im only 14 and this scares the shit out of me.

    • ANSWER:
      Joe, the diabetes answer was already done, but I can add this to it. People can be sensitive to high and low blood sugars and not be diabetic. I know myself I can tell when my sugar level is low, eating something or getting a soda helps. Also, eating in general will raise sugar levels, it doesn't matter what it is, saliva and digestion turn it all into sugars as it is digested.

      I know you are scared about it, I am as well, many of my family are type 2 as well as 1. Best thing for you to do is to quit checking your blood sugar the sooner you have done that the better. The obsessive worrying could bring on an ulcer then you would be in trouble. Just relax and enjoy life, you've already surpassed the norm in your family :)

  17. QUESTION:
    Help with glucose monitor test results- do you think I'm diabetic?
    I got a glucose monitor today because I have been feeling very dizzy after meals for the past few days and thought it might be a blood sugar problem. My guess was that I was suffering low blood sugar (hypoglycemia)... but my test results have me wondering if I am actually the opposite. So... I did a test before dinner and it was 86mg (which is normal range). I ate 2 full rolls of sushi (as a high carb meal) and here are my readings:
    45 minutes after meal- 220mg
    1hr 30min after meal- 153mg
    2hrs 10min after meal- 124mg (normal)

    I know I was suppose to just take a 1hr and 2hr post meal test but I was eager and ended up doing these three time intervals instead. The first 2 seem really high to me considering normal after meal is 140 and under.

    Do any diabetics or experts out there think I should talk to my doctor- or do these results seem okay? I am a healthy weight and have been eating a healthy lower carb diet for months now. Could the diet have something to do with these results? I just started incorporating more carbs but still under 100g a day. I'm going to recheck my levels upon waking and after breakfast in the morning and will continue to do this for 3 days to record the results and see if it's diet related.

    Thanks for any help or advice.
    **I am not currently diagnosed as diabetic- I got a glucose monitor on my own to determine if I was hypoglycemic because of the dizziness after eating. Apparently low blood sugar is not my problem right now!
    I tested first thing in the morning and my fasting glucose is 99mg. I read that 100- 120 is pre-diabetes. I've compared my results to other normal ranges on the web and think I may be pre-diabetic or very close to it. Thanks to everyone's comments so far.

    • ANSWER:
      I would say you have yourself pretty well diagnosed. Here are the real numbers :Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.

      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      And now you know....

      Kitty.

  18. QUESTION:
    I was diagnosed with Type 1 Diabetes on March 29th. I haven't had to take an insulin shot in 3 wks?
    I was diagnosed with Type 1 Diabetes on March 29th of this year, I am the first in my family to get Diabetes. I am consuming 20-30 carbs per meal a day and am eating about 5-6 small meals. I haven
    't had to give myself an insulin injection in over 3 wks. I monitor my Blood Sugar constantly and make sure that I am always within the range of 70-140 which is what my Endocrinologist recommended. Can someone tell me if they have seen this in themselves or in Diabetics that they know. I have 2 meters and they both give me the same readings, and for things like urination and such all is normal. I consume 1-2 gallons of water daily, due to my workout schedule. I am doing a workout program called P90X and usually work out in the mornings.
    BTW, I am taking 1 unit of Novalog to 12-15 carbs, and 10 units of Lantus at night. All of this has been unnecessary for the last 3 wks

    • ANSWER:
      This is called the "honeymoon" stage.

      Your pancreas repairs itself a little and goes into overdrive for a couple weeks.

      Unfortunetly, it will pass.

      Here's an article
      http://www.healthcentral.com/diabetes/c/651280/50845/honeymoon-period

  19. QUESTION:
    Diabetic and steroid injections?
    Hi i am a type 1 diabetic and have had bad shoulder pain for 6 months.
    I have had physio which has help a bit, but that has now finished.
    I have been sent back to my doctor who wants to inject the joint with steroids.
    Has any one else been offered this or had this done?
    What were the side effects?
    Did it mess up your blood sugars?
    Did they help?
    Do they last?
    I am asking this as i have had steroids in the past when i've had asthma attacks and they have sent my blood sugars really high im talking of blood sugar readings of 28 constantly and keytones. I have also heard bad reports of these injections in non diabetics also
    I would like to hear any experiences good or bad.
    I am steering towards not having it done and just putting up with the pain.

    • ANSWER:
      Steroids do have an effect on blood sugar [as you have seen for yourself]. What I would advise you to do is to try some less invasive treatments first to see if you can get relief that way before resorting to steroid injections.

      The first thing you can do is take omega-3 capsules -- one capsule three times a day. However, be advised that Omega-3 fatty acids can lower blood sugar so you must monitor your blood sugar and adjust insulin doses accordingly.

      The next things I'd suggest is to take glucosamine with chondroitin sulfate. the National Institutes of Health funded a study to test the effects of chondroitin and glucosamine on osteoarthritis of the knee. This multicenter, placebo-controlled, double-blind, six month long trial found that glucosamine plus chondroitin had statistically significant effect on symptoms of osteoarthritis in the overall group of osteoarthritis patients [PMID 16495392.] Chondroitin sulfate does not interfere with insulin or blood sugar and glucosamine has not been found to interfere with insulin or blood sugar readings either in human trials.

      Some people also use MSM but the evidence as to its effectiveness is contradictory at best.

      Hope you feel better soon.


Blood Sugar Readings Chart

Continuous glucose monitoring systems or CGM provide a more convenient alternative to typical glucose monitoring devices that compel diabetes patients to prick their skin a couple of times every day. These use a circuit of devices that is connected to a sensor inserted under the skin to continuously gather records of blood glucose values. CGM basically records fluctuations in blood glucose levels on a constant basis to determine whether changes in the diet, medication, treatment, or physical activity are needed.

CGM has three components: a sensor, a transmitter, and a pager-like wireless monitor. The sensor is inserted under the skin, usually in the upper arm, near the thighs, and under the abdomen, to measure glucose levels of the tissue fluids. People who are using insulin injections, insulin pens, and insulin pumps have no problem finding these sites as these are basically the same. It should be noted that sensors should be placed two inches away from the navel and should not be placed over bruised, swollen, and tender skin. Placing the sensor is usually quick and relatively painless.

A transmitter is hooked to the sensor and sends information every ten seconds or so via radio waves to a pager-sized monitor, which then displays blood glucose values. The transmitter of a CGM is rechargeable and should be recharged every few days. This is water resistant and does not need to be removed during bathing, exercising and swimming.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Concerning high blood sugar?
    Ok I have really wild blood sugar readings. Today it was off the chart at 600. Same for yesterday. Granted I binged on yogurt both days. (ate 16 cups total) Normally my sugar levels are in the mid 300's.

    Now everyone tells me that having high sugar levels is bad. But I dont feel sick at all. So why should I be concerned. Doesnt seem to affect me any.

    • ANSWER:
      If your blood sugars are normally in the 300's, then you undoubtedly have diabetes. Diabetes does not make you feel bad, but it is very damaging to your body, especially your heart and kidneys. You should see a doctor about this as soon as you can. Until then, try limiting the amount of sugar and carbohydrates/breads you eat.

      Diabetes is a very manageable disease. Unmanaged, it will drastically reduce your life span and quality of life.

  2. QUESTION:
    One Touch Meter Download Settings?
    The doctor's office gave me a cord and some software to download meter readings with on my home PC. But I can't get the results to look right on the chart. I've chosen the logbook view. It puts each day's results on 3 or 4 different lines, and each line has its own breakfast lunch and dinner. I think it has something to do with the schedule that it makes me set up. With that schedule, it won't show correctly unless meals are eaten exactly the same time every day. Sometimes the meal and snack times vary by an hour. And sometimes I take additional blood sugar readings at different times. But I know it can be transformed into a readable view because when we go to the doctor's office they download from the meter and get a readable chart. Can anyone tell me how to make it look right?
    I'm not looking for opinions, I'm looking for someone who knows the software. My 2 year old is the one with the diabetes, who I'm doing this for. If I could find a nurse or doctor to help me, I would ask them. The place she's going to SUCKS, and as they remind me every time I complain, pediatric endocrinologists are hard to find. So I need to get a great deal of my advice from the internet. Isn't that nice?

    • ANSWER:
      Why don't you ask your doc or the nurse on the next visit? Maybe one of them can give your the proper setup.
      Or maybe call Lifescan tech support.

      EDIT: So, CALL LIFESCAN TECH SUPPORT!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
      You PAID for that meter and you get support from the company if the manual is incomprehensible to you.

  3. QUESTION:
    COnfused about my blood sugars?
    First of all I am eating the recommended carb load from my dietician ( for gestational diabetes )
    SOMETIMES my numbers are high ( nothing crazy ) 1 hour after I eat then they are low according to my chart 2 hours after I eat.( again nothing crazy...high 3 ranges )

    Today at dinner I may have eaten too many carbs...I wasn't counting...it was an appy dinner for xmas eve...so chicken wings, cheddar cheese, mozza cheese, chips, and some pastry foods like rolls etc...I tried to count in my head and it was probably over my limit but not a crazy amoutn..
    I didn't test 1 hour after but it was 9.1 at 2 hours after

    My question is why do they spike 1 hour after then I get low readings 2 hours after but this time just going over a little bit I have such a high reading after 2 hours? Is it just the type of food or the time of day? Im just trying to keep this under control.
    I dont know how uch of a concern my numbers are...they are a bit high and low in places but not by much

    Example yesterdays lunch before 4.6, 1 hour 8.6. , 2 hour 3..8 ( nothing crazy last 2 numbers are in out )

    then todays 9.1 after 2 hours...

    Any advice appreciated, thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      The chips, chicken wings, and pastries probably have more carbohydrates in them than I eat in a week. That would definitely explain a blood sugar spike.

      Let's start with why you normally have high 1-hour readings and low 2-hour readings. First, it's normal to have higher blood sugar at 1 hour than 2 hours. Non-diabetics experience the same pattern; however, non-diabetics probably don't spike as high at 1 hour as the typical diabetic. I've tested non-diabetics and they barely go over 100 after an hour. Crazy, huh? There are a lot of reasons why this happens. Non-diabetics have a tightly regulated system that keeps an ample amount of circulating insulin in the body at all times. And they aren't insulin resistant, so they can effectively use all the insulin they're making. Their pancreases also respond to carbohydrates better because their phase one insulin response is intact.

      In a diabetic, that phase one response is impaired. A diabetic can't keep up with rising blood sugar after a meal. The fact that you can usually get down to normal by two hours is a good sign because clearly your pancreas works very well, even if it is a bit delayed. You release a lot of insulin, but you release it a little late, which is why you go so high (can't control the spike) and then drop so low (huge surge of delayed insulin). The problem is that diabetes is very progressive and you may get to a point where you can never get down to normal at two hours, especially when you let yourself spike high.

      You ate a LOT of carbs - simple and complex. You may not think that it's more than you usually eat, but I'm betting it was. You just ate too many for your body to handle. When you eat fewer carbs, your body can't handle the blood sugar spike initially, but then can accommodate it. When you eat that many, clearly your body just cannot get you down to normal by two hours.

      As diabetics, we need to understand the role of food in our disease management. You're still at a point where you can eat a lot of carbs and do okay, but let me tell you - that control can quickly disappear. The simplest way to reduce these spikes is just to reduce the number of carbs you eat at one sitting. Spread them out or cut some of your portions as an experiment. You'll notice that your 1 hour will be much better. That's a lot like what a non-diabetic's blood sugar does. The spike is small and gradual and blood sugar returns to normal at two hours. As a diabetic, your spike is enormous over your pre-meal levels and your drop is even more startling.

  4. QUESTION:
    Insulin Pump Meters selection which one is right for me?
    I have been a type 1 diabetic for 33 years and remember the good old days as a child playing chemist matching a color coated urine strip to a chart on the bathroom wall. I have mulled over the idea of the pump for some time. My A1C is in the low 7 range and want one to primarily improve this number and avoid low blood sugar while sleeping. I have read other results regarding the Medtronic products but given I also have a pacer for my heart, I have been very prone to staying as far away from this company due to all of the pacemaker issues. Have there been major problems as well with their pumps? I also have not had much success with the Freestyle glucose meters as well. I have been given many false readings from their equipment and rode my car over it in retribution to customer services stupidity. Which almost rules our the Omni-Pod and Cozmore. I have been reading all of the marketing materials given to me by my Endocrinologist but am still looking for advise. Thanks very much

    • ANSWER:
      I have a Minimed paradigm 722. This is my second pump. My first one was a Minimed 508 (now retired).

      I have not had any problems with it. I love it. The 722 is much more advanced than the 508 (I first got the 508 about 8 years ago). It comes with a meter that automatically transmits the blood sugar results to the pump. It's great.

      No matter what pump you decide to get, do your research. Talk to your doctor. Don't be afraid to call the various companies and ask about their products. Choosing a pump needs an educated decision and it's not one to make overnight. It will also take some time to get one (average is 3-4 weeks) and then you have to go to a training class.

      Good luck.

      EMT
      type 1, on pump for 8 years


Blood Sugar Readings Canada

If the last 2 articles were not enough to convince you that blood sugar does matter and is very important, then I hope this one hits you where it hurts. Blood sugar has been linked to the cause of a variety of different cancers. High insulin levels promote and environment that makes it much easier for certain tumor to grow. Research and testing is still being done so it is very hard to make any kind of bold statements regarding blood sugar levels and cancer. However, there is cause for great concern with certain cancers. These are the cancers we are going to be talking about.

Colon and Rectal Cancer

In a Harvard University study that involved more than 50,000 middle aged men, those whose diets were most likely to raise blood sugar fast and high were 32 percent more likely to develop colon and rectal cancer over 20 years. The effect is much stronger for heavier men.

Breast Cancer

In the Women’s Health Study, women who followed a blood sugar-boosting diet were 135 percent more likely to develop breast cancer in seven years than woman whose diets were more blood sugar friendly. Many different studies have shown a huge increase in breast cancer in women that do not follow a blood sugar friendly diet. It was linked to even be a higher percentage to woman who do not exercise frequently.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    confused about blood sugar levels?
    My brother-in-law had a blood sugar level of 65, he couldn't see so he was brought into emergency and was put in intensive care for 2 weeks, the doctors were amazed he didn't go into a coma a die.
    but reading other people's blood sugar levels they seem to be much higher. He is at 30 right now but they are still concerned they want him down to a around a 5 before they will let him leave the hospital, why is this? are there different blood sugar readings? we do live in Canada if that makes a difference.

    Thank you for your answers now that I know that Canada measures blood sugar differntly then other Countries I better understand why it was such as concern for him.

    • ANSWER:
      Your doctors were measuring differently than we do in the states. Since you live in Canada your brothers readings are done in mm/dl and in the States our readings are done in mg/dl. So if you see some of the readings we have on answers, it is going to look higher than the readings in mm/dl. Your brothers doctors are trying to get his blood sugars to a normal level which would probably be near 100 by US readings. Since he is diabetic he could be a 6 or even a 7 and still be at a good, normal reading. If you compare our readings to each other, our mg/dl readings of 100 would be about a 5 in mm/dl. Hope that clears it up some.


Blood Sugar Readings After Exercise

Did you forget to test your blood-sugar before eating? Even the best diabetes management can go ka-blooey with a slip in memory. And sometimes, let's admit it, we didn't really forget. We just wanted to get to the food without the delay of a test. It is easy to just eat, and then say, Oops! I forgot to test!.

We might try to catch up with testing and adjustments later, but this simply doesn't work. It blows your average for the day because you don't know what your blood sugar level was or how much insulin was needed, if any.

If you forget to test your blood-sugar and you suddenly remember after one or two bites, then go ahead and quickly test right away. The reading will still likely be higher than if you had tested when you were supposed to, but at least you'll have a better idea of your pre-meal blood-sugar level than a blind guess. If you use a fast-acting insulin you might want to go ahead and take some if the reading is really up there.

If it's been more than a few bites or a few minutes, then it's probably useless to test now. Wait an hour after the meal to test, and again at two hours after the meal. You can make reasonable adjustments at the two hour mark, but again, your average for the day will be more guesswork than tested accuracy.

Blood Sugar Readings After Meals

The number of people diagnosed with diabetes has increased over the years. In USA alone, as many as 24 million people have been reported to suffer from diabetes. It is not only people over the age of 55 who are prone to the disease, but a number of kids and adolescents are also diagnosed with it. Therefore, you should be cautious enough and go for blood tests at regular intervals. There are two types of diabetes and these have an effect on the insulin levels created in the body. In case of Type 1 diabetes, inadequate levels of insulin are produced in the body while Type 2 diabetes resists the insulin effects.

It is important to keep the blood sugar levels in control and to monitor the same on a regular basis. It is important to go by the doctors prescription in this regard. Blood sugar levels can be checked with the help of blood sugar meters and blood glucose test strips. These can be used by the patient themselves to determine whether their blood sugar level is normal, low (hypoglycemia) or high (hyperglycemia).

Blood sugar testing methods have undergone great transformation over the years and this has enabled people to monitor sugar levels on their own. The different types of devices used these days include:

Non invasive blood glucose testing: As is evident from the name, these technologies facilitate blood testing without piercing the skin for blood and the methods used for the purpose include IR detection and ultrasound.

Continuous blood glucose monitors: These devices make use of a disposable sensor that is inserted beneath the skin. Attached to it is a device, quite similar to a pager that shows the reading. This system is ideal for people who have been suffering from diabetes for quite sometime and the insulin levels in the body keep on fluctuating throughout the day.

Blood glucose meters: A drop of blood is placed on the strip which is attached to an interface, a kind of a digital meter. The blood glucose level is displayed within a matter of seconds. Some of these meters are equipped with multiple testing strips. This is vital as the information derived from it is used to monitor the health of the individual.

Diabetic accessories also include medical alert bracelets that are especially helpful if there is a sudden attack. These alert bracelets contain a history of your medical background and therefore if you have a sudden attack, medical treatment can be administered accordingly.


Blood Sugar Readings After Eating

You might think it is impossible to lower your blood sugar levels without the use of drugs.

Well, if you are tired of taking so many different pillsto controlyour high blood sugar levels you should pay close attention to what you eat in order to avoid other health complications that are also related to diabetes.

Helen Randall in an interview with Renata Nyleve Editor of the "How To Reverse Diabetes" website -- http://www.HowToReverseDiabetes.org -- pointed out;

"I was told in rapid succession that I was suffering from intermittent claudication (that's blocked arteries in the legs), high blood pressure, Diabetes Type 2. and that I was overweight. Not a lot of pleasure there! The intermittent claudication made it increasingly difficult to do much, so that in effect I had become a prisoner to my house and garden. Exercise was out of the question, my legs simply couldn't cope, but it was hoped that angioplasty to each leg would cure the problem. It didn't. My high blood pressure, I was assured, could be treated by a cocktail of drugs and by weight loss. The cocktail of four different drugs worked, but I could not seem to lose weight"

So I was given a choice: the blood sugar levels could be controlled either by drugs or by diet. Since I was already taking four different drugs for blood pressure, I thought it best to try diet control. I was also hopeful that this might help me to lose weight. But where to start? My diabetic nurse provided me with a blood sugar monitor and said I should aim to stay under 9 as my reading. My Doctor said to stay under 7. Now she has reduced this to under 5. My current long-term reading is 5.3. A big drop from the high readings I used to produce.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    What are normal readings for blood sugar 2 hours after eating?
    I just started taking sblood sugar reading 2 hours after meals and I'm confused as to what the range should be.

    • ANSWER:
      Please do not take this response as the 'right' response. I am going to assume you are talking type 2. My 2 year old is a type 1 so things are a little different but when it comes to BG we all want the same target #'s: 80-120 is perfect. My son uses Humalog insulin which is fast acting but takes three hours to have its full affect. I am not sure what meds/insulin you are using but I am assuming that the reaction time is going to make a huge difference.

      This website (the ADA) has been a godsend for us: http://www.diabetes.org/about-diabetes.jsp
      this link will take you right to the begining and will explain a lot. There are also message boards for every type of diabetic and they are great support systems. It is nice to talk w/ someone who knows just what you are going through.

  2. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings are lower 2 hours after eating than after fasting for 14 hours. What does this mean?
    This person is not diabetic but is classified as "Pre - Diabetes..."impaired glucose"

    • ANSWER:
      It would seem that the pancreas built up some steam there and kept pumping out a little extra insulin.

      Another explanation would be that you did some form of exercise after you ate.

      About your fasting: if you ate any fat for up to 3 days before checking your fasting numbers, your fasting numbers can be a little higher than normal.

  3. QUESTION:
    when should i take my blood sugar readings? before or after eating? how about my medications & needles?

    • ANSWER:
      common time to take a blood sugar reading are:
      -when you get up
      -before you eat
      -2 hrs after eating( not needed all the time)
      before exercise, and after
      before bed
      occasionally in the night ( especially after lots of exercise)
      Any time you feel funny ( low)
      Take your insulin 10-15 minutes before meals if possible.
      If you are on a long acting your diabetes team will advise you when to take it. We give my sons levemire at 7 am and 7 pm even though it is a so called 24 hour insulin.
      Work with your team to hammer this all out, it can be so over whelming at times, there are also support groups to help you.

  4. QUESTION:
    what is considered a high spike in blood sugar level after eating certain foods?
    I've been monitoring my blood sugar levels after eating certain foods, however, I'm not sure what is considered a high spike from my previous readings. Is a 30pt spike considered a high jump or is a 15pt spike considered a high jump or is that all normal? As long as you fall in the "normal" range, does it not matter how high of a jump you have from one reading to another?

    • ANSWER:
      I consider 50 mg/dL to be a high spike. that requires an additional unit of Humalog. that is 2 hours after beginning the meal or snack.

  5. QUESTION:
    Why did I faint? and is a 200+ blood sugar something to be concerned with shortly after eating?
    I had talked to my doctor about some unusual blood sugar readings i've been getting. I am not a diabetic, however my blood sugar has gone up above 200 about 15-20 mins after eating, but it goes back down quickly. I check it every few days for the hell of it I guess. I drink alot of mountain dew, about a 2 liter a day if not more. My doctor suggested me switching to diet, so I don't become diabetic so I did. That day, I woke up, had a fasting blood sugar of 95. About an hour later, I started feeling like I was drunk. about 5 minutes later, this feeling intensified and I passed out. I was out for about 2 minutes. When my parents woke me back up, they had called 911 and had an ambulance on the way. I was suspecting i may have passed out from low blood sugar but that wasn't it. I checked my blood sugar a few minutes after i woke up, it was 118, which seems pretty normal. The paramedics checked it in the ambulance about 5 minutes later, it was 149, far from low. Symptoms I had after waking up was a severe nervousness feeling, sweating, nausea, a weird vibration feeling in my hands(almost numb type of feeling), and an irregular heart beat going from the 50s to 120s. They couldn't figure out what was wrong at the hospital. all my blood work came back normal and I was released within 2 hrs. What could have caused me to faint? Also, is having a blood sugar of 226 about 15 minutes after eating something to be concerned with? It went down to 148 an hour later.
    The reason I am even testing it at home is because I had tested it just for the hell of it at work(I work in a nursing home), and the reading was 253. The other aide on my hall and the RN was pretty concerned about the reading. This was about 15-20 minutes after eating 2 slices of pizza and drinking a can of soda. I felt perfectly fine. I never did get around to checking it later that night.

    @Spunky I havn't had any alcohol for atleast a month. The hospital said that all the blood work was normal. I'll have to have them send the results to my doc. They suggested that it could be a virus of some sort. Of course I really don't believe that. I just hope it isn't a serious heart problem or diabetes.

    @TheOrangeEvil Would it make sense to take the 2 hour test when my blood sugar usually comes back down quickly? Ill ask my doctor about that. The hospital did test my urine, not sure if it was for ketones though. They said it was normal.

    • ANSWER:
      Except for the fasting blood sugar of 95 mg/dL, none of your readings are particularly normal. A non-diabetic's blood sugar shouldn't go up to 149 mg/dL without having eaten anything, and even if he had eaten something, that would still be quite high.

      The fact that your blood sugar shoots up so high so quickly and drops even more quickly concerns me. If you're starting out in the 90s or low 100s and shooting up 100+ points in 15 minutes, then that's *very* unusual. Typically, the peak happens 30-60 minutes after eating, depending on what was consumed, and the peak shouldn't be that high. While 140 mg/dL is considered "normal" after a meal, most non-diabetics won't go over the low 100s, and some don't even go over 100.

      I suspect that you're diabetic or, at least, very soon will be. Your insulin response is impaired as is evidenced by your abnormally high and sudden blood sugar spikes and a stressful situation (fainting and being rushed to the hospital in an ambulance) raised your blood sugar. That's typical among diabetics, but non-diabetics can usually make enough insulin to deal with the BG-raising stress hormones.

      You don't seem like a Type 2, though, because of how quickly you're able to come down from 200+ blood sugar. My guess is that you're a honeymooning Type 1.

      You should really insist on diabetes testing from your physician. Ask for an FBG (fasting blood sugar), an OGTT (oral glucose tolerance test), an HbA1c (three-month average of your BG), a C-peptide to measure your insulin levels, and a GAD to test you for Type 1 antibodies.

      In the meantime, cut back on the Mountain Dew. Did the hospital test your urine for ketones? Just curious.

  6. QUESTION:
    I tested my blood sugar after I ate tonight and it read 228.?
    I waited 3 hours and tested it again and it read 179. Could this be caused from eating dinner or do I have diabetes? My father is a diabetic and I use his new breeze meter to test my blood sugar at times, but my readings have never been this high. What do you think? I am really scared.

    • ANSWER:
      Please don't be scared, but do go to a doctor. It is normal for a person's bg to rise after a meal, but not to 228. That's the way the body reacts to food, your blood glucose rises, but your body produces insulin to keep it from rising too high. When you are diabetic, your body either does not produce enough insulin, or your body is unable to use the insulin that it does produce.

      Take bg readings throughout the day and bring your results to your doctor.

      Remember that diabetes is only life-threatening when not controlled. And the sooner you get diagnosed, the sooner you can get your blood sugar under control.

  7. QUESTION:
    type 2 question about blood sugar readings?
    i know that your suppose to test your blood sugar 2 hours after we eat. but i dont understand exactly why. can someone explain that to me?

    • ANSWER:
      Blood glucose numbers goes up when we eat, but generally will come back to a normal range within two hours, unless the diabetic's blood glucose is out of control.

      This can help the doctor to determine if any adjustments need to be made in medications, and lets the diabetic know if there is a problem. In other words, it is just a part of how we manage our diabeties.

  8. QUESTION:
    Fasting blood sugar level, one hour after eating and two hours after eating?
    I am really confused about trends regarding my blood sugar levels. From last year or so I am facing this problem. My fasting blood sugar level is in the range of 100-115 mg/dl , my Doctor told me that nothing to worry about and more precise test is HbA1c, during last year results of HbA1c were 5.7 and 5.9 . According to the Doctor though it is on higher side but still it is absolutely ok and by adopting some changes in food habits and life style it will quickly go down . I acted on the advise and reduced my weight from 82 Kg to 74 kg in 3 months by exercises (my height is 176 cm). Reduced carbohydrate intake but still i always felt light -headedness after eating (that was the main reason i went to Doctor and I suspected that it has something to do with blood sugar levels) . I also started monitoring my blood sigar levels at house with glucometer and for me it was aways surprising that blood sugar level one hour after eating looks very good but it increaes two hours after eating , as we know it should be other way around. e.g. My Typical Blood Sugar levels after taking full meal

    Fasting Blood Sugar Level: 104 mg/dl
    One hour after eating : 120 mg/dl
    Two hours after eating : 145 mg/dl
    then it comes back to below 110 mg/dl 3-4 hours after eating. Same trend i observed again and again repeatedly almost every day.
    Then I went to an internal medicine specialist and showed by HbA1C results and trends in blood sugar level after eating. He found it surprising that blood sugar level increases after two hours as compared to the readings after one hour. He suspected that there is something wrong with testing instrument and my technique of testing , infact he did not pay much attention to my observation and once again he said that HbA1c and fasting blood sugar levels are ok. No need to worry..just relax and sleep well. Anyhow, he also recommended an Oral Glucose Tolerance Test with the comment that it is only for my satisfaction and in his opinion everything is good and ok.
    Oral Glucose Tolerance Test confirmed my results which I observed always:
    Results of GTT
    Fasting: 111 mg/dL
    One hour after taking Glucose solution : 138 mg/dL
    Two hours after taking Glucose solution : 155 mg/dL

    The lady which performed these tests in the laboratory was also surprised with this trend.
    I know that things are not very alarming, it is pre-diabetic state but question is:

    What could be the reason for such a trend ? anybody has also same experiences? what could be the remedy ?
    I have to go to my doctor once again in two weeks to discuss with him the results. But I can imagine that he would perhaps ask for repetition of the test, because this trend is an exception.
    Your comments on this trend will be highly highly appreciated.
    I am only 32 years old, go to gym 3-4 days per week and successfully reduced my body weight .
    Loking forward for your comments and advises.

    • ANSWER:
      If you have not been diagnosed as a diabetic, then that A1C is at the high end of the normal range, and indicates impaired glucose tolerance.

      This is backed up by the results of the OGTT. I am sorry to tell you that is not a pre-diabetic result. That is diabetes. A non-diabetic would test at well under 140 two hours after the glucose.

      100-115 fasting BG also is problematic, as truly normal fasting BG is 80-100.

      It is perfectly possible for your 2 hour post meal reading to be higher than your 1 hour post meal reading. It was probably because of the fat content of the meal. Carbohydrates hit the blood very quickly, but any fat eaten with the carb will slow down the digestion considerably. The spike will only hit the blood later, sometimes 2-3 hours later. The classic example is pizza (high carb high fat). The 1 hour reading will not be high, because the fat is delaying the digestion of the carb. But about 3 hours later, all that carb will hit the blood and you will get a huge blood sugar spike. Whereas a slice of white bread (high carb low fat) will give a high 1 hour reading, then the 2 hour reading will be lower.

      A final word. It is possible to be young, fit, active and normal weight, and still get diabetes (Type 1 or 2, but I suspect you are referring to Type 2). It is a wicked media myth that 'bad lifestyle' causes Type 2 diabetes. There are millions of people in the world who are thin, exercise and eat healthily, yet they still have Type 2 diabetes!

  9. QUESTION:
    Can someone tell me if these blood sugar readings are normal for a person not diagnosed diabetic or on insulin?
    I'm not sure if my readings are making much since, it seems sometimes my blood sugar is higher prior to eating then goes down after I eat...is this normal? I have not been diagnosed w/ diabetes but am wondering if I do have it or am prediabetic, so I bought a tester to monitor myself.

    Also, note I eat a gluten free diet (and low low carbs due to this)...that mean no breads, pastas, cereal, nothing with wheat. So I am basically eating only fruits, veggies, and meat...and vitamins. So given that please realize my numbers are pretty much as good as they get for me.

    Here are my readings, I've only been doing them a few days.

    First reading was in the middle of the day (4pm) and it was 155...then at 8pm before eating it was 109, two hours after eating it was 101.

    Next day:
    12pm fasting reading was at 112 then 2 hrs after eating 98
    4pm reading before eating 96 then 2 hrs after eating 117
    10pm reading before eating 100 then 2 hrs after eating 93

    Next day (today):
    10 pm fasting reading 111, then 2 hrs after eating 143
    4:30pm before eating 103, then 2 hrs after eating 103
    I'm not going to eat anymore today so I didn't do an evening test

    • ANSWER:
      Fruits have a form of sugar in them and it can raise your sugar. Are you taking any medications? Sometimes something as simple as a multivitamin can cause your blood sugar to rise. Injury to your body can cause it to elevate. Stress can cause your blood sugar to go up. Also, as you see, your blood sugar goes up and down all day long.

      If you want a diagnosis, go to your doctor and request a "fasting blood sugar." I think there is another one, but I can't remember the name of it.

      I don't suggest not eating at nighttime, because your pancreas releases insulin in the early morning of our sleep cycle...starvation, as you can see would be an issue....making your blood sugar TOO low. Not good.

      If you are not diabetic, why are you testing your sugar? Just curious.

  10. QUESTION:
    Is it significant if blood sugar readings?
    fluctuate after eating, for example: I'll eat, then test at 30 mins. and the reading is 94, then test at 60 mins. and the reading is like 79, then at 90 mins. or 120 mins. it would be 110?
    Thanks for the answers. I know that numbers are okay and within range, but, specifically, I wondered about the fact that it goes up, then down, then up again.

    My brain/body does feel weird during the up and down slopes.

    • ANSWER:
      To get an accurate reading, you are supposed to test 2 hours after any carbs. Anything less is likely going to read as a false high.

  11. QUESTION:
    blood sugar levels after eating.?
    I checked the blood sugar levels of myself and my kids...no real reason, just interested in the result.
    both myself and my 3 year old got high readings.
    Everyone else was in between 100-130.
    we were between 183-190. I read anything over 150 is high.
    the tests were taken 20-60 minutes after eating.
    we had rice and chicken for dinner and hadn't eaten anything before that for 6 hours, if it matters.
    any input from diabetics would be appricated.
    thanks.
    sasha - oh shut up all ready. We were never on our way to the ER lol.
    I did mine and my kids thought it was cool and LINED UP to do thiers. I bet your kids are a bunch od whiny little twits. Mine very much enjoy science and learning about themselves. A tiny poke didn't make any of them whine. Later we are looking at my breastmilk under a microscope....you on the other hand, continue raising the pussies of america. ;) I'm sure all that experience will help them when they are working at a drive thru.
    everyone else thank you!
    Everyone WANTED to check again this morning before eating and everyone was in normal range :)

    • ANSWER:
      I would say you took the reading too soon and that both you and your 3 year old are normal.

      If you still have more concerns about your well being, I''d get checked by your family doctor or an endocrinologist just to be safe.

      Best wishes~Devin

  12. QUESTION:
    blood sugar readings?
    i was wondering if it is ok or normal for your blood sugar to drop into the 70s & 80s 2 hours or less after you eat? i am hypoglycemic so i check my blood sugar often & thats where it usaully is i dont eat sugar or alot of carbs so i do not get the spikes either.

    • ANSWER:

  13. QUESTION:
    Eating sugar free things, confused?
    Can eating sugarfree things still cause your blood sugar to go high! Ie. Sugarfree gum sugar free llollies??? The products like gum ect still have carbs in them like? My sister has type 1 and can't understand why her blood sugar readings go high after eating these things! She will easily eat a packet of gum in an hour or two ( not every day ) and her levels can go high after them!

    • ANSWER:

  14. QUESTION:
    If you are NOT diabetic, what should your average daily blood sugar readings be?
    For example, after you get up (fasting), after eating, and just generally all day long.....thank you.
    I may be pre-diabetic, so my doctor just has me taking my levels all day long for now.....they always seem to be close to 100 or have an average of around that, but they obviously go up after eating, but never over 200
    I did actually have the ac1 test, and it was 6.4
    And the fasting test was 85

    • ANSWER:
      I am in the Medical Field

      Your A1C is Normal
      Your Fasting Test is Normal

      Anything 118 and below is Normal

      You do NOT have precursor for diabetes

      My ex is a diabetic and I specialized in diabetes patients during my Internship

  15. QUESTION:
    Diabetes? High Blood Sugar readings?
    I have had a diabetes 'monitoring day' today, where they check my blood sugar levels before and after each meal....I still have 1 last one to do, but they have been EXCESSIVELY high, so much so that the nurse looked concerned. The thing is, I drink no sugar drinks, eat no added sugar foods, and am sooooooo careful about my diet concerning this....what is going on? Anyone else had this problem, and what can be done. I absolutely am adamant that I do not eat anything that would make this high.

    • ANSWER:
      High glycemic carbohydrates, i.e potatoes, pasta, bread & rice will turn into sugar very fast and give you high readings. Sugar-free foods with artificial sweeteners can be high as the sweeteners are bulked up with carbs so they can cause high sugar readings too.

      You need to lay off the high glycemic carbs including fruit until you are in control of your blood sugar and eat vegetables, fibre, protein and fat. If you need an artificial sweetener you need to use the small tablets of sucralose or splenda which are not bulked up with carbs and usually don't effect your blood sugar, although testing is the only way to find out.

      Most important go for a walk. Ideally after every meal but as that is not usually practical at least once a day. Exercise is key to getting your sugar down.

      You don't mention what type of tablets you are on but some are more effective than others. I use supplements that make me more sensitive to insulin but you need to research them before you take them. Most doctors and nurses have no clue about diabetes, trust me.

      You need to find your own solutions get on the web. Doctors wanted me to go on insulin and now they wonder how I am doing so well on diet, exercise and supplements. (never mind the excessive tablets they had me on ruined my kidneys). If I only knew then what I knew now....

      Diabetes is no joke as you can loose your sight & limbs. Think not having pasta or rice is bad it is nothing compared to having a physically impaired quality of life.

  16. QUESTION:
    Does these blood sugar readings mean I could have diabetes?
    I'm overweight and my mom has Type 2 diabetes....so tonight I tested my blood sugar using a friend's meter.

    The first time was about an hour after I had eaten something and was 156.

    We tested it again about an hour later and it was 141.

    So it was going down.... I know it can be higher after you eat, but how long is the post-meal time range? Are these numbers cause for concern?

    thanks...

    • ANSWER:
      You should talk to a Dr. just to be sure.......one thing you can do that you haven't is to take a fasting blood sugar reading.
      Do this when you first awake or as soon as you can after awakening. Your reading should be approx 110 or lower.
      Good Luck.

  17. QUESTION:
    What do you think of these blood sugar readings?
    I was thinking about starting a log so that I can show them to my doctor. Do you think that this is a good idea, or will they just want to run their own tests? I have not been diagnosed with diabetes, but have been diagnosed with pre diabetes. I have been checking my blood sugar lately. These are my readings from today: Fasting blood sugar first thing after waking up was 144. Approx. 2 hours after eating lunch it was 259. Before eating supper, it was 183. Two hours after eating supper, it was 207.
    I took a home a1c test, and it was 7.2.
    I take metformin 500 mg twice daily because I have PCOS.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugar is high and abnormal and it definitely sounds like you have diabetes.

      Normal is 80-100 fasting and under 140, 2 hours after eating. Normal A1C is up to 6.5. Your A1C is definitely diabetic.

      Keeping a log is good. You should also note down what you ate at each meal, because it will help you to understand better how various foods affect you, and that will make it easier to manage your blood sugar.

  18. QUESTION:
    Anxiety & Blood Sugar Issues ? Very weird readings.?
    Okay I've been monitoring for months now because I found my "anxiety" is mainly caused my blood sugar changes.

    Anything under 80 makes me shaky, my chest tight and my heart rate fast. This is normal though, I know. But I've had readings as low as 50 after 2 hours of eating so the doctor said I'm hypoglycemic.

    On the other hand I've had reading (only once or twice) that go around 140. Anything over 100 and I'm "anxious" tight chest. Racy heart and loud heartbeat. Is that normal ?

    & lastly, immediately after I eat my blood sugar drops about 20-30 points and I feel it. It's horrible. I hate eating because of it. Is this also normal, and if not what the heck could that be ?

    I've read reactive hypoglycemic issues occur 1-2 hours after eating and that blood sugar should only go up after eating.

    Can a person be acclimated to low blood sugar so slightly high reading (~100) give them the same feelings as low blood sugar ?

    Anything would help. Thank you.
    I'm not diabetic & I don't give myself insulin. I eat low carb, low fat, no sugar & high protein.

    • ANSWER:
      Emily F. she is not diagnosed with diabetes, therefore doesnt take insulin. Get and A1C test. If its above 6 chances are your diabetic, now whether its type 1 or 2 that a different story and also is your meter right? because they sometimes give bad readings.

  19. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar readings for being a pre-diabetic?
    I got diagnosed with pre-diabetes not too long ago and I have done what the doctor said and watched my diet and exercise. I have also been monitoring my blood sugar levels. Some have come out in the 130's a few hours after eating and some have come out in the 60's. The lowest I have gotten so far is 58. Is it possible for someone with pre-diabetes to have low readings also? I usually don't feel too weird when I get low readings but when I get in the 130's I start feeling lightheaded, dizzy, and my breathing gets harder and faster.

    • ANSWER:
      there is a really good web site that you can visit that tell you all kinds of things about diabetics it is www.dlife.com

  20. QUESTION:
    Abnormal blood sugar readings... Hypoglycemia without the low blood sugar?
    I have been suffering from Panic attacks for the past 3-4 months. Each visit to the Doctor's during a full blown panic attack has returned a somewhat higher blood sugar level (130s with long fasts). So my dr ordered a glucose tolerance test which turned out normal and my A1c was normal. ( 5.5 A1c.) 90% of my panic attacks seem to be happening about an hour to an hour and a half after I eat so started to wonder about hypoglycemia. I decided to get a home blood sugar tester since my GP told me that hypoglycemia doesn't cause panic attacks. I didn't believe her of course.

    Much to my surprise, I found that my blood sugar is the highest when I am having hunger pains and a panic attack. Most of my panic attacks happen an hour and a half after breakfast and/or lunch. Here is what my blood sugar has been doing over the past week when it has been accompanied by anxiety.
    -I will eat something
    -within half hour it will be at 110 (If I eat a huge lunch with cake or low carb, it doesn't get much higher than this at half hour)
    -1 hour it will be in the mid 80s to 90
    -1 hour and a half, I get hungry have a panic attack, confusion, dizzyness, 105
    -2 hours I will be at 115 or so
    -Will then eat something which will lower my blood sugar

    So, any ideas as to why my blood sugar looks like an inverse parabola after I eat? Am seeing an endocrinologist next week just to get another viewpoint. On a positive note, the panic is getting better and eating more frequently does help. However, if I can't eat for 3 hours I can feel pretty rough.

    Thanks, Paul
    35 years old
    Pretty fit. Normal height/weight ration
    Thanks for the input. Did a little experiment the past 48 hours. Eliminated all carbs. Except for a glass of milk occasionally. I have felt amazing. Best I have felt in 4 months. No ups and downs. Morning blood sugar is around 90 and Blood sugar stays right at 100 all day long given I eat a lot of non carb meals frequently. Will keep it going until my appointment. Thank you. Paul

    • ANSWER:
      Hypoglycemia literally means "low blood sugar". Hypoglycemia is just the medical term for low blood sugar. Your blood sugar readings are within a fairly normal range. You probably need a specialist other than an endocrinologist, though seeing an endocrinologist won't hurt.

  21. QUESTION:
    When do you take blood glucose readings?
    I need to take blood sugar readings first thing in the morning and one hour after each meal. But how do I determine when I'm due to take blood after the meal? Say I eat lunch at 12:00pm and I finish at 12:30pm. Do I take my blood at 1:00pm or 1:30pm?

    • ANSWER:
      The 1 hour is really just a ballpark, so pick one and stick with it.

      At the 1h mark, I'd stick with "one hour after your last bite of food" just so that you can be reasonably consistent.

      As our blood sugar changes and spikes at different times depending entirely on what we ate, testing at the one hour mark is more for trending purposes than any solid data gathering. So really, just pick one and stick with it.

      Most trends that I've seen say the peak occurs at 45-90 minutes after the first bite of food, so going for the solid 60m reading, I'd do 60m after the last bite, as it should keep you consistently within that 45-90m range.

      Good luck to you.

      Edit: It doesn't matter when you take it, taking it at different times will provide different data sets. Shooting for 1h after meals is usually looking for your "peak" blood sugar, where as taking it 2h after meals is usually trying to determine whether or not you've returned to baseline. For T1's, 1h after meals tends to allow you more control, as you begin seeing the trend sooner and can make any necessary corrections sooner.

      While trying to get a good handle on the way my sugar acts, I would test fasting, before meals, 1h after, and 2h after meals. You begin to see the trends, when you peak, when you begin to return to baseline, what your baseline is, etc. It really gives you a good idea of how different kinds of foods affect you and allows you to make more precise changes to your diet or medication needs. I'd do the same with exercise -- test 1h and 2h after exercise to see how the exercise affected me.

      It was a crap-load of testing at first, but now that I have a pretty good understanding of the way my blood sugar trends, I test far less frequently.

      Anyway.. sorry about the rant. :)

  22. QUESTION:
    Diabetes rookie here .. What are your thoughts of these blood sugar readings?
    I’ve been borderline diabetic for years, and with it running on both sides of the family – it’s just a matter of when and not if. From taking blood sugar readings the past few weeks however, I have made an appointment with my doctor. Pre-breakfast readings are typically around 175. But, by evening time (right before I eat dinner) they have been closer to 130 range. Is it normal to go down during the day? (I eat a normal lunch and am sure it increases due to that meal)

    At bedtime, after dinner and bedtime snacks (gotta quit doing that I know), it’s much higher of course – 240-250 range. Is it even ‘accurate’ to take a test right after eating?

    Just wanting any thoughts from all of you who have much more experience at this than I do. Thanks for your time. FYI – I’m a 50 year old male, need to lose 10-15 pounds, but otherwise pretty healthy. Thanks again!

    • ANSWER:
      I think it's good that you're seeing your doctor soon. Those readings are full-blown diabetic. Fasting levels 126 mg/dL and over in a doctor's office are in diabetic range. Any random reading over 200 mg/dL is also considered diabetic.

      It's normal for blood sugar to be lower during the day. Many diabetics struggle with high morning numbers due to Dawn Phenomenon - that's when the liver pumps out glucose in preparation for the waking hours or after a long fast in order to give you energy and prevent your blood sugar from dropping too low. This occurs in diabetics and non-diabetics alike, but diabetics don't have enough accessible insulin to compensate for the rise in blood glucose.

      That being said, it's never normal or healthy for fasting blood sugar to be 175 mg/dL. The American Association of Endocrinologists recommends that diabetics aim for fasting blood sugar <110 mg/dL and after-meal blood sugar (1-2 hours after) <140 mg/dL.

      Any time you test is accurate, but the information you get will be different. Testing 1 hour or so after eating will usually be your highest after-meal blood sugar. Testing 2-4 hours out will tell you how quickly you're returning to normal, so they should be lower. Despite this, ideally your spikes wouldn't be over 140 mg/dL.

      Diabetics should aim to achieve blood sugar as close to normal as possible to avoid diabetic complications. With many of your readings being between 130-250, you are at risk for complications at this point. I don't know if you're dieting or on medication, but low carbing and Metformin could make a world of difference. I certainly couldn't control my blood sugar without both.

      P.S. After meal snacks are okay sometimes. You're not really overweight. WHAT you eat matters, though. High-carb snacks like cookies, chips, and crackers are only going to drive up your morning blood sugar. Try a handful of almonds and couple slices of your favorite hard cheese.

  23. QUESTION:
    What are good blood sugar readings?
    I just started testing myself yesterday.

    My sugars are erratic but I don't think they are too high or low.

    Yesterday after eating some cookies and drinking soda I wait a while and tested. My sugar was 72.

    I then tested myself before bed and it was 99.

    This morning when I woke up my sugar was 124 before eating or drinking anything.

    I skipped breakfast (no time before school, which usually never happens) and tested before lunch it was 82.

    I tested before dinner and it was 113 and again just now and it is 125.

    I know it seems like I am testing a lot but I am doing it when I get feeling weird and before I eat. I have noticed that when it is on the high side or low side I feel funny.

    Is this normal? I know my sugar is not within danger ranges but is the difference enough to make me feel different? Im I over exaggerating?
    Rinita - I don't mind hearing other peoples opinions even if I don't like them but you don't have to be rude. You could have said what you felt in a nicer way.

    I am testing my sugar because I would pass out a lot from what everyone has been saying is low blood sugar. Even if it had been a couple of hours after I eat I would feel bad and pass out. I was just seeing what my sugars are when I feel that way or if I hadn't eaten in a while. It is called an experiment.

    • ANSWER:
      Little Polish Princess
      Yesterday after eating some cookies and drinking soda I wait a while and tested. My sugar was 72.
      *This sounds a little low –it may have been taken too soon after eating.
      I then tested myself before bed and it was 99.
      This morning when I woke up my sugar was 124 before eating or drinking anything.
      I skipped breakfast (no time before school, which usually never happens) and tested before lunch it was 82.
      *The normal non-diabetic's glucose ranges from 70-126 when fasting – these appear to be within “normal” limits

      I tested before dinner and it was 113 and again just now and it is 125.
      *After meals, glucose levels can go up to about 146 before a person is considered in the pre diabetic range.
      *A normal blood glucose range is in the low to mid 100s. A diagnosis of pre-diabetes is made if your blood glucose reading is 146 to 199.
      *A diagnosis of diabetes is made if your blood glucose reading is 200 mg/dl or higher and you have symptoms of disease such as fatigue, excessive urination, excessive thirst or unplanned weight loss.

      ALL ANSWERS SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY RESEARCHED, IN ANY FORUM AND ESPECIALLY IN THIS ONE. - MANY ANSWERS ARE FLAWED.

      The information provided here should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed physician should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions.
      I add a link with details of diabetic blood glucose levels

      http://www.netdoctor.co.uk/health
      _advice/facts/diabetesbloodsugar.htm

      And one for non diabetics

      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
      Blood_sugar

      This link will help you convert if necessary

      http://www.diabetes.co.uk/hba1c
      -to-blood-sugar-level-converter.html

      Hope this helps
      matador 89

      Mam nadzieję ów ten informacja ma był od używać pod kątem ty. JA życzyć ty szczęście!

  24. QUESTION:
    Is it possible for your blood sugar level to decrease after eating?
    I'm just curious if this has happened to any one else and what could possibly explain this. I was diagnosed with pre-diabetes and have to test my blood sugar before and after each meal. Before I eat my levels tend to be higher and after my meal they are drastically lower. For examplye I've tested at 230 before and after eating it decreased to 92. I've done a control test on my meter and it's working fine and I've also purchased a second meter that does the same readings. Anyone have the same experiences?
    I usually test about an hour after eating. Sometimes a little longer (but still in a 2 hour range) And I test from my finger not an alternative spot.

    • ANSWER:
      This is actually a common response. When your body digest sugars into the bloodstream, the blood sugar goes up. Then your body reacts by shooting insulin in which causes blood sugar to drop back. Well the pancreas which creates the insulin doesn't respond to signals right away and so it will continue to shoot insulin a little too long sometimes, which causes the blood sugar to drop below normal.
      This by the way is why about 20 minutes after having a pop or some other sugar rush, people often feel tired.

  25. QUESTION:
    I'm not diabetic but I still have high blood sugar readings, why is this?
    Diabetes runs in the family. My mother, sister, gran, etc all have it. Randomly I did a blood check (the pinprick machine) one morning and I had 7.0 (very high before breakfast considering it should be between 4 and 6). So I had a slice of wholegrain toast and went from 9 to 3 without eating. Did another pinprick test and I got 11.2, I'm like "woah". So I go to the doctor's and they say "right, fasting blood glucose check". I waited a few days, did the fasting blood test and controlled my sugar levels throughout the week by eating very healthily, counting carbs and taking cinnamon tablets to help lower blood sugar. Although still very slightly high they weren't as bad - I was waking up with 4.5 and 2 hours after wholegrain I had 6.2. On Tuesday I received my results and I was absolutely fine - my average is 5.5 and the range was from 3.5 - 6. Thinking that I was back to normal I went to university and had lasagne and lots of coffee. I got back just now (3 hours after eating), washed my hands, did a pinprick test and I got 16.2... in a few words, what on earth is going on? Are my results wrong? :(

    • ANSWER:
      Every doctor seems to have different ideas of what is the "ideal" sugar levels.
      Some say 4 to 6 mmol others say 5 to 7 mmol, so do not stress too much on the reading of 7.

      The pinprick machine is not totally reliable, it could also give false readings.This is my first reaction to the reading of 16.2 - you could also be stressed, tired or some other reason, I would not worry too much about that. After all one swallow does not make a summer.

      Your "formal" tests at the doctors turned out to be OK, so do not worry about it anymore.
      If you are concerned have the test re-done every 6 months or so.

      In the mean time, continue as if you have diabetes i.e eat healthy and exercise regularly.
      Why? because
      1)everybody on this planet should eat healthy and exercise.
      2)if you are comfortable with this healthy lifestyle when/if you do become diabetic, then no big deal - been there done that. No real change needed.
      3) A healthy lifestyle would most probably prevent the onset of diabetes in the first place.

  26. QUESTION:
    Are my daughter's blood sugar readings high for a 'non-diabetic'?
    Over the past few days her readings have been 168, 161 and now a 163. She has also had a few in the 150's too. She has not been diagnosed with diabetes. But her doctor is thinking pre-diabetes and asked us to test her sugar periodically. I know that this is a little high but basically what I am asking is if a non-diabetic would ever get these readings? I have checked mine after eating pretty much the same thing as her and checking at the same times and gotten only over 100 once. Also we are waiting for results of her a1c tests so I guess we will find out soon enough but I want some opinons.They were after eating...I believe they were only an hour after eating though. She is 10 and is not overweight and doesn't eat very much sugary foods. Her grandfather has diabetes too.
    Thank you so much Miz Lamb. I am going to talk to her doctor as soon as the A1c test comes back and I will watch her carb intake.

    • ANSWER:
      Those numbers are NOT prediabetic!! Those numbers are fully diabetic. That is high for even an hour after eating. You should have been testing 90 minutes to 2 hours after the meal for good readings.

      65 to 100 is normal
      101 to 125 is prediabetic
      over 126 is fully diabetic.

      Doctors do not do you a favor with the insurance companies by declaring you to be prediabetic. The insurance will not pay for the testing supplies for prediabetes. Get the doc to say she is diabetic and Rx the strips so the insurance co will pay for them. They are the most expensive part of this thing being an average of /strip!! That is 4 to 10 dollars per day!! Just for testing!

      Eating sugary foods is not the problem. It is the grams of total carbohydrate we all eat too much of.

      here is an article about skinny people and diabetes for you to read: http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/24716880/

      And for general knowledge about diabetes: http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/

  27. QUESTION:
    Should you eat if your blood sugar is normal but high?
    I was diagnosed with gestational diabetes, so I test my blood sugar at least 4 times per day, but I've never had an abnormal reading. Most of my readings are between 64 and 88, including after eating. I don't take insulin.

    Occasionally, when I cheat from the diabetes diet (e.g., eating fast food or large quantities of sugar) I will get readings that are normal but high for me (e.g., between 94 and 104).

    If I get a "high for me" reading at a time of day in which I would ordinarily eat a snack, should I go ahead and eat the snack? On one hand, I think I should to be consistent and keep my body used to producing insulin at that time of the day. Also, my blood sugar tends to crash into the 60s within a couple of hours if I don't eat after getting that high of a reading.

    On the other hand, I've seen several people on here be told never to eat when their sugar levels are high. I don't know if that logic applies only when the blood sugar readings are abnormally high, or if the logic should also apply to the situation I am describing.

    • ANSWER:
      If you are not hungry and just eating because it is "snack time", and your blood sugar is on the upper end of normal you should wait and eat your snack when you get physically hungry, your body will let you know (stomach growls)

  28. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings normal Without my diabetic tablets?
    hi, i was diagnosed 1 year ago with type 2 diabetes. After trying diet and excersise. my blood tests revealed I would need tablets to gain control. I was put on glucophage 500mg x3 daily. Over the last few weeks i cannot take my tablets daily without going 'low'. Even when i don't take my meds my readings are nearly always under 7mmoh/L. Do you think i can now be at a stage i can stop the tablets? I know i have to see my gp and have scheduled an appointment for next week, but what do you think? I have been watching my diet alot more lately and have cut out an unhealthy 'snacks' i used to eat too. I didn't really decide one day to stop my meds, i actually forgot to take them, and was taking my morning tablet but all day then i would feel 'low' just before my meals, and my sugar readings at these times were between 5-6 mmoh/L. But my fasting one when i wake is nearly always 7 or at highest 7.5mmoh/L

    • ANSWER:
      No do stop. Metformin does not make you go Hypoglycemic. You probably will have to change eating habits . Maybe 5 or 6 very small meals a day. Also you need to be on a low carb diet. I think you may be spiking glucose levels and then to much insulin is being released . Also don't stop the exercise. Daily .
      Here are some tips for you . I would be willing to bet that the below will relieve your problem.

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels.
      Here are the 4 keys:
      1) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      2) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don't need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      3)diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can't count carbs so I use Mendosa's Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      4) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.

      Try it , it will work. The Mendosa's diet you will learn in one week what to eat and what not to eat and how much. You will then for life , have no problems with food. Great for the whole family.

      Take care

      Tin

  29. QUESTION:
    Question about blood sugar readings?
    I've been feeling like my blood sugar is out of whack so I bought a glucose monitor. The problem is, my fasting blood sugar isn't terribly high, around 90-120 but at those numbers I feel weak, shaky and light headed. After eating, my numbers go up where 2-3 hours after dinner I'm at 150-180. And at those numbers I feel GREAT! Is this a sign of insulin resistance?
    I am not over weight at all, I weigh about 115 and I'm 5'3" and I exercise at least an hour every day. Can someone with experience give me some insight as to what could be going on here? I plan on seeing my doctor but I just want to have some idea as to what to ask to be tested and such.
    I am taking a blood glucose test at 1 hour after eating and again at 2 hours. At one hour after eating I'm high and then even higher at 2 hours. For example, I might be 150 at 1 hour but commonly 180 at 2 hours and after 2 hours it starts to go down and by 4 hours I'll be back around 100.

    • ANSWER:

  30. QUESTION:
    is my blood sugar considered normal?
    Sometimes when i wake up in the morning my blood sugar is 3.9 mmol and after eating a banana about 2 hours later i check and my blood sugar is 7.3 mmol and i start to feel kind of dizzy and nauseous, are these considered normal blood sugar readings?

    • ANSWER:
      3,9 might be a tad low, normal is 5, anything between 4 and 6 is considered normal.

      Yep!! a banana will send you skyrocketing to the moon!! If I were to eat a sugary fruit for breakfast mine would skyrocket to over 7 also. That is on the high side.

      a meat like ham, sausage, bacon and eggs might be a better choice for breaking fast!! I also have half slice of toast with butter. Not more than 15 grams of carbohydrate!! If I get a high number after breakfast I cannot get it back in line all day! And I much prefer to be in the 6 mmol range.

  31. QUESTION:
    Gestational Diabetes blood sugar readings?
    I just want a little more information because I know nothing about diabetes:

    28 weeks pregnant with no history of diabetes, 29 yrs old, overweight but healthy pre and during pregnancy, active and healthy diet, went in for my GD test today;

    fasting level of 89 mg/dL
    drank 50 grams of glucose
    1 hour level of 200 mg/dL
    3 hour level of 70 mg/dL (after not eating anything and on the same machine. I know this isn't usual, but I am friends with my midwife so she did it for me out of curiosity.

    I know I have to go back in for the 3 hour test to confirm GD, but why would there be SUCH drastic differences in the levels? Is such a high spike followed by a low spike normal? I am also currently at the tail-end of a sinus infection, which I know makes blood sugar rise, but would the fasting level also be elevated?

    Just curious, seems I got two completely normal numbers and then the really really high one in between, but don't know what all three of them together mean. My midwife is not a nurse, she just does the pre-screen, so she doesn't have the answers either.

    Hope this makes sense, this is my first question to ask on yahoo.

    • ANSWER:
      In the past I've worked with the Diabetes Society of the Santa Clara Valley as their Outreach Chairman for about 3 years. I've had Type 1 Diabetes since 1974.

      What happened was you were given more sugar than any human would consume at one time. Your sugar spiked to 200mg/dl and your pancreas went crazy with insulin trying to control it. Then the glucose in your blood stream dropped like a rock and there was still insulin in your system which made you almost hypoglycemic (70mg/dl). I had a diabetes doctor that commented that he couldn't figure out why they were still using that test.

  32. QUESTION:
    Weird blood sugar readings?
    Ok I have type 2 diabetes and I always check my blood sugar at night. Tonight when I checked it, it was 92. I decided to have a little snack, so I ate a few animal crackers. Like 45 minutes after that I checked it again just to see what it was and it was 78. How did that happen? How did my blood sugar go from 92 to 78 AFTER I ate some animal crackers? It seems like it would have went up some.

    • ANSWER:
      There could be multiple reasons.

      Do you take medication or insulin at night? That may have dropped your blood sugar.

      Had you not eaten in a while when you got the 92 on your meter? Sometimes when you don't eat, your liver puts out more glucose, raising your blood sugar. When you do eat, your liver stops, and your pancreas is stimulated to make more insulin. That can lower your blood sugar.

      The animal crackers may not have had time to raise your blood sugar after only 45 minutes. As a Type 2 myself, I notice that blood sugar peaks in me are delayed as compared to non-diabetics. I'll sometimes peak at 2-3 hours rather than 1 hour. You may have been going down before eating and then just tested too early to see the effects of the crackers on your blood sugar.

      Finally, there's always the possibility that your meter was just wrong. What's more, because of the meter margin of error, your blood sugar may have been more or less the same both times, even though they were 14 points apart on the meter.

  33. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings?
    We were playing around with a glucose monitor today. I hadn't eaten anything all day but had drank regular Pepsi. It tested 210. I checked it again after eating a small slice of pizza and more Pepsi and it tested 165. I know this is a terrible diet but I have no appetite when it's hot and I've always drank a lot of Pepsi. Also I had gestational diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      Here's a chart for the numbers you should be shooting for to be "normal" and if you're to far off after testing for a few days and MORE THAN ONE TIME A DAY, get to a doctor and get treatment started before you have worse problems. The website I got the info off is also posted to sources.Time of Day

      Non-
      Diabetic

      Diabetic
      Your doctor may set different ranges for you. USE THE TARGET RANGES YOUR
      OWN DOCTOR SETS FOR YOU!

      Notes for Diabetics Only
      Your doctor will give you instructions tailored to your own medical needs.
      BE SURE TO FOLLOW YOUR OWN DOCTOR's
      PLAN DESIGNED FOR YOU!
      Morning (Fasting)

      70-99
      90-130 (adults) 90-140 (children) Morning highs may be from the Dawn Effect or the Simogyi Effect.
      Before Meals

      N/A

      Typically:

      90-130 adults & older children

      100-140 children
      "Before meals" means 2-4 hours after last meal was eaten. For those on rapid insulin only (pumps), generally by 2 hours you should be in, or close to, target range. Those on shot therapy may not be in range until about 4 hours after their last meal.
      2-4 Hours After Meals

      70-139
      Less than 180 but high enough that hypoglycemia won't result from any "onboard" insulin if testing at only 1-2 hours.

      Pumpers typically come into target range faster than those on shot therapy (assuming both have given the correct amount of insulin). Ask your doctor when you should test (2 or 4 hours after a meal)
      Before Bedtime

      N/A

      Adults, usually 140-160

      Children may have a higher pre-bedtime ranges than adults, up to 180

      Have a pre-bedtime snack to help avoid nighttime lows. Note: high-fat snacks late in the evening can cause hyperglycemia (high BG) during the night.
      Hypoglycemic(1)
      (low blood glucose)

      70 or lower

      70 or lower

      Newly diagnosed, and young children often have higher BG target for hypoglycemia (80-100); infants even higher.
      Treat hypoglycemia anytime BG is 70 or lower. Newly diagnosed may be instructed to treat at 100. Stable, but young children may be advised to treat at 80-90. Bear in mind that 100 is fine 4 hours after eating but 100 would be too low only 1 hour after insulin. Be sure to ask your doctor WHEN (how long after insulin) to treat for hypoglycemia and not just by the BG reading alone.
      Hyperglycemic
      (high blood glucose) 200 or higher may indicate diabetes

      Over 180, 2-4 hours after a meal (2-4 for pumpers, 4 hours for those on shot therapy)

      Over 140, morning fasting
      Test urine for ketones when blood glucose is 240 or higher. Call doctor for care instructions when scheduled BG reading is over 240 more than twice in one day.

  34. QUESTION:
    I had eaten two chocolate swiss rolls and noodles with cream of mushroom soup. My blood sugar was 444. Why?
    I have been diagnosed with diabetes II. Jan 16 2007 I was taken into the hospital by an ambulance for having a seizure due to my blood sugar dropping too low. I did not take my blood sugar medicine the night before. I was taken two blood sugar medicines. The doctor in the ER room said that I was to take only 1 medicine from now on. Saturday 2/3 my sugar dropped 3 times in the morning. On Monday 2/5 I had to leave work because my blood sugar dropped. On Thurs 2/8 my blood sugar dropped again. Each time my blood sugar dropped I had been out in the bad weather. On Fri 2/9 my doctor took my blood sugar after I ate noodles with cream of mushroom soup and two chocolate swirl rolls. It was at first 441 and then 444. Is this sugar level to be this reading after I have eaten same? Where can I find a book that can explain blood sugar readings? Why did my blood sugar keep dropping previously to this doctor visit and then the blood sugar go up to 444? I was not dizzy. I was fine.

    • ANSWER:
      I have the same problem that when I go out in the cold I go hypo.
      The swiss rolls and noodles will both make your blood sugar go high, the cream of mushroom soup wont have helped. this is not a healthy diet, you need some dietary advice. Ask to be referred to a dietician.

  35. QUESTION:
    blood sugar readings not sure about?
    I am not a diabetic I dont think yet but anyway i tend to run low sometimes but after eating my levels usually run about 175 or so 30 minutes or so after eating. should I be worried what are the normal levels for an adult? thanks
    I am not sure what this is but after eating i get that high level 175 then around 11/2 hrs to 2 hrs later i am in the 70 - 90 range is that hypoglycemic. if i wait longer sometimes i am like 58-60. oh & hoe often should I eat?

    • ANSWER:
      I have read that a spike in blood sugar after a meal is normal in non diabetics. To prevent such a high rise in blood sugar after a meal, try to balance your carbs with proteins. The combination of proteins and carbs will have less of an impact on your sugar vs. carbs alone.

      Besides, low blood sugars sounds like hypoglycemia, not diabetes. 70-90 is considered perfectly normal range, but the 50's and 60's you are experiencing are definitely hypoglycemic levels.

      You should talk to your dr, or a nutritionist / dietitian to find a good meal plan and balance out your highs and lows.

  36. QUESTION:
    Strange Blood sugar readings?
    I am type 2 Diabetic I take pills. Now my blood sugar reading have always been normal but to day they were weird.
    9:00 am 97 BS after I had Cheerios earlier
    12:00pm 68 BS after eat ting a sand which at noon( all low carb)
    Then after that I did not eat anything since noon
    5:00pm 164 BS
    I had that 164 after having lows all day. then didn't eat for hours and it was high.
    when I did not eat a thing or drink.

    I then thought it was an error so after that last reading I did another
    and it said 137 like right after. So i did one more and it was 125. Then jumped
    up to 146.

    I took my meds to day. and I never have had this happen to me
    My numbers are always good at normal range through out the day.
    I can see a spike like that If I ate something bad.. But
    my stomach was empty as can be, Is my meter junk?
    I have a Walgreen's true View
    I checked it again and it was at 190!!! on then I checked again now says 136. all under a minuet??

    • ANSWER:
      Possible but before you throw it out you should know that when you don't eat on schedule, your liver releases glycogen for energy and burns that . Thus your blood Sugar can go up even when you haven't eaten a meal.

  37. QUESTION:
    High blood sugar readings?
    I have gestational diabetes and im 35 wks pregnant today. I have been following a diet plan since 28 wks and up until 2 wks ago my blood sugar was doing really well. I'm still following my diet but my levels are high almost every time i check them. such as today i had my normal breakfast, 3/4 cup cereal(no sugar just plain cereal) and 1 cup milk. 1 hour after i ate my BS was 144. a few weeks ago after the same meal it would have only been about 112. I have not done my 2 hour check yet. As of yet I am not on any insulin or medication for the diabetes. I'm just wondering if this is normal to go from having my diabetes under control to everything being messed up without a change in my diet.

    • ANSWER:
      the farther along you get, the more insulin your body needs since you develop a resistance during pregnancy. just let your doc know they may just put you on a pill, which is something that most women with gestational have to do that far along, but 144 an hour after you ate is not going to hurt your baby -- it's still considered a very normal number. and going from everything under control to completely messed up is normal too lol i'm a diabetic and 30 weeks pregnant and they've had to change my insulin levels ALL throughout my pregnancy. it's not anything you're doing wrong its just your body changing with how big you've gotten and its normal, i'd just recommend letting your doc know

  38. QUESTION:
    Is it normal for non diabetic to have 102-107 blood sugar 2 hrs. after eating?
    I have had a couple of readings in the 140's.
    I have had 2 A1c tests and the first one said that I was prediabetic with an A1c of 6 (fasting 103) and the 2nd one said normal with A1c of 6 and (fasting 98), but I am still concerned. I have lost 13 lbs. and excersise and still have readings in the low 100's with a few higher readings now and then. The tests I had done were 3 months apart.

    • ANSWER:
      Those numbers are In the high normal range. You should make an appointment with your doctor to have blood work done. Ask about Hemoglobin A1C

  39. QUESTION:
    low blood sugar symptoms with normal sugar readings?
    I have been hypoglycemic all my life (but not diabetic). My levels can get in the 60's, but I have been having horrible symptoms (dizziness, shaky, headache, anxious)...but my sugar will be around 74. I will eat, then feel better, so I'm pretty sure this is low blood sugar. Is it possible to have normal sugar levels, and still have the symptoms? I am going to see my Dr. but just wanted some opinions. The Am after sleeping is the worst...can poor sleep also affect these things?
    I try to eat cottage cheese, cheese, milk, etc., as a protein source...but I've been feeling so horrible lately, and tired...I don't know if I can take it.

    Advise? Could this be something else, or the effects of hypoglycemia and poor sleep? I've always heard poor sleep can really affect these things. What else can make you feel this way, aside from low blood sugar? Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      The 60s would be considered low in my book. 74 is close to low, depending on the time of the test.

      Hypoglycemia is not diabetes. Quite the opposite. Diabetes means your body can't utilize the sugar it has, and so blood sugar will be elevated.

      Sleep can bring on hypoglycemic conditions in the body. Not sure that poor sleep really has anything to do with it, but that's just an opinion.

      Protein is only part of the solution. Big picture is more important: enough calories, enough balance between carbs, fats, protein.

      Sounds like a trip to the doc is an excellent idea. Probably good to have a glucose tolerance test. He'll do a CMP/CBC and make sure you're not anemic either.

  40. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar symptoms but normal readings?
    I've been having typical symptoms of low blood sugar (hunger, shakiness, dizziness etc.) a few horus after eating so today i decided to test my blood sugars and it came out at 84 (5 hours after i last ate) which i believe to be a normal reading yet somehow i was still having these symptoms and the symptoms went away once i had eaten? I'm not diabetic but pretty much constantly feel like i have low blood sugar and that combined with feeling better once eating i don't understand why this is happening when my readings are normal?

    Oh i should add that i didn't prick my finger i just squeezed blood from a cut on the side of my finger by my nail did that affect the readings at all?

    • ANSWER:
      In order to treat your condition your doctor will ask the symptoms you typically have-how long they last, when they occur, how often they occur, and what happens to your symptoms when you eat something.
      Past medical treatments, current medical conditions, and whether you are taking medicines (bring all medicines, both prescription and nonprescription, to your appointment for review) or receiving other treatment.
      Diet and nutrition, such as what and when you eat, and whether you have had recent changes in your eating or bowel habits.
      Whether you have gained or lost weight recently.
      Because an episode of hypoglycemia can impair mental functioning, your doctor may also want to talk to friends or relatives who have seen your symptoms.

      Your doctor also will look for conditions that may cause hypoglycemia, including signs of:

      Liver disease, such as an enlarged liver.
      Kidney disease, such as swelling (edema), and too much urea in the blood.
      Malnutrition, such as extreme weight loss.
      Adrenal gland disease, such as too much pigment (color) in the skin and/or low blood pressure.

      Squeezing blood from the cut on the side of your finger should not have affected your readings. You can always take a second reading and change the location of your prick to the middle of your finger to ease your worry on the testing.

      Hope this helps.

  41. QUESTION:
    blood sugar Question 200+ readings?
    my fasting sugar was 92 but i have been getting readings from 190-240 after meals (1hr) im not diagnosed as diabetic. But have been feeling horrable after meals so i got a test monitor. It says under 110 is normal for fasting but the 200+ is what worries me. I know some people her have had way higher readings so what does this mean? According to my fasting im not diabetic but after i eat a meal with any carbs or sugar IE brown rice or a banana It spikes to 200+ I'm going to the dr this week and beg for a test . But im confused. Any ideas?

    • ANSWER:
      You're right to be concerned. You need a doctor to perform an HbA1c - a test that reveals your average blood sugar over three months' time. Based on what I'm seeing, though, I think you're possibly prediabetic or maybe even diabetic.

  42. QUESTION:
    Fasting vs. Post-Eating Blood Glucose Levels?
    I have been testing for the last three days.

    I noticed that I have the best readings at fasting. (Waking averages 109, and half an hour after waking still fasting was 105.) (Two to three hours after eating jumps from 124 to 89.)

    Half an hour after eating, I have had readings from 124 to 190 (which went down to 155 ten minutes later) with most of the readings around 140. An hour after eating, I have had a few readings of 101 and a few around 122, and one around 161.

    Over all, there have been five readings above 140, and they were the first half hour after eating.

    One hour after eating, three readings were above 120. At two hours after eating, two readings were above 120.

    In determining whether a blood sugar problem exists, when I have asked questions here before, people seem most concerned with waking fasting readings being under 110 or under. Are high numbers after eating a concern?

    Thanks
    Thanks for all the great answers. Helps a lot.

    One other thing that I noticed is that after the spike the first half hour, numbers drop significantly, then bump up again at two hours after eating. (Guess that is why testing is based on fasting and then two hours later . . .) Is this up, down, up fluctuation normal--the body just regulating itself?

    I notice that I feel best after that two hour mark. Even if my numbers are non-diabetic, I feel pretty hypoglycemic that 30 to 120 min after eating.

    • ANSWER:
      Tapas,
      From your question, it is not certain if you have diabetes, prediabetes or are just enquiring because you have tested your blood serum for glucose. If this is the case, I add a link with details of the tests for these -

      http://www.labtestsonline.org.uk/
      understanding/conditions/diabetes-4.html

      Diabetes means your blood serum / glucose (often called blood sugar) is too high. Everyone’s blood has some glucose in it. In people who don’t have diabetes, the normal range is about 70 to 120. Blood serum / glucose goes up after eating but 1 or 2 hours later returns to the normal range. But too much glucose in the blood isn’t good for your health. You should talk to your diabetic care team and discuss your target levels for - before meals, and, one to two hours after meals. Also, your target for fasting blood serum / glucose levels, which is controllable by different methods.
      I add a link with details of this subject, (a very long one), but nothing replaces the one-on-one contact with your diabetic management team if you have been diagnosed with diabetes.

      http://www.parliamodiabete.com/
      TherapyAwareness/application?event
      =bea.portal.framework.internal.refresh
      &origin=taHeader.jsp&pageid=
      Management&site=www.diabetes-
      info.co.uk

      Hope this helps
      Matador 89

  43. QUESTION:
    Question about Prednisone - Diabetes - High Blood Sugar - Frequent Urination?
    I'm a 16 year old male. I have a brother who has type 1 diabetes. I was put on 60 mg of Prednisone for poison ivy on my face. I was put on that 5 days ago, and am now done with my treatment. At about day 3 of my treatment, I noticed more frequent urination. I tested my bloodsugar with my brother's tester, and I had a reading of above 500. Later that night I was 495. In the morning following I was 219. Later that day after continuing my normal habits, I was 184.

    I'm concerned because I don't know if the sugar readings are because of my eating habits [Lots and lots of soda, all the time. And I had ice cream and dinner before I tested and was 500.]

    I've been testing for ketones and have come up negative. I'm just wondering if I'm over reacting by thinking I may be diabetic myself and it is just a reaction to the Prednisone. Should I wait for a while to see if the frequent urination, chest pain, and high blood sugar [all known side effects of the drug] are nothing more than side effects
    Something I really should mention; I myself am not a diabetic. I have tested my blood sugar years ago and was in normal range all the time.

    And about 500 blood sugar having me in the emergency room [It was RIGHT after I had a bowl of ice cream, two pepsis, a cheese buger, and chips] And also, just a side story, my younger brother, when first diagnosed with diabetes, had a blood glucose level of 1,700. Yeah, rediculous, right? He was in THIRD GRADE. haha.

    • ANSWER:
      You should not bother testing yourself when you have just had a heavy meal. Test in the morning, before eating anything. That is the number that will tell you if you have a problem with sugar. It is wise to check this way regularly (3-4 times a year) if the disease is in your family, but the readings taken right after a meal are meaningless, and checking several times a day is really excessive.

      You should consider improving your diet for the sake of your general health. And there is some strong evidence (not proof) that eating a lot of sugar can hasten the onset of diabetes in people who are genetically susceptible.

      Prenisone has very nasty side effects when used long term, but the short-term use you describe should not cause any major trouble.

      Test before breakfast. If the reading is over 124, test again before breakfast the next day. If it's still over 124, go to a doctor. Do not test at any other time of day! If your before-breakfast reading is normal, don't test again for 3 months.

      Good luck!

  44. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar really high before meals, low after meals?
    I am very confused by my readings with my home monitor. My daughter has the same exact problem (she's 7 and has very high blood sugar-having her checked for Type 1).

    I've been testing for 3 weeks (I have Type 2)and my readings are fairly consistent. Fasting levels high. Very low early in morning. Low late at night. Now it's around meals that's confusing me and all the diabetic family members that I ask for advice...

    About 30-60 minutes before meals, my blood sugar will be high/sometimes very high. About 30-90 minutes after meals, my blood sugar drops a lot! I'll go somewhere around 170 to 100 just from eating a small meal. Everything I've heard and read said non-diabetics and diabetics, their blood sugar increases after meals, logically. Why is mine dropping after meals. I don't take insulin or oral meds (for diabetes) and my meals are basically the same each day. I don't take any meds that interfere with blood sugar. Has anyone heard of this? I really need help! Thx

    • ANSWER:
      Man, did you get some goofy answers, or what?.... no wonder you emailed me.

      Hmmm.... this is quite interesting. Exactly the opposite of how it normally goes... Wow. Unfortunately, I have no clue.... unless the food you're eating lowers blood sugar, and there are very few foods that can do that. Cinnamon, some melons, and a few herbs can help slow glucose absorbtion and assist our insulin's effectiveness, but their effect is minimal. I am very interested in exactly what you are eating, how many calories, etc.

      The most likely possibility is, eating is triggering your pancreas to produce more insulin than the rest of the time. Something could be fooling the body into backing off production a few hours after eating. Read up on the glucagon, glycogen, and glucose production cycle that goes on between the pancreas and the liver... it's quite interesting. I would suspect that your problem has something to do with what you are eating and this process getting out of balance. As long as you're not going below 70 and above 170 (for too long), you shouldn't worry too much. We'll figure something out.

      You didn't give me much in the way of numbers. How high? How low? Why not keep a chart throughout the day? This would be very helpful. I'm mainly interested in your fasting (morning before breakfast) and one, two, and three hour after meal readings. I'm curious about the accuracy of your meter, too. I'm also interested in your weight and how much dairy you've been on. Read my web page (below) for more on this.

      Both of you might want to consider adopting a primarily vegetable diet with minimal beef and dairy. Cut out the "empty" carbs and stick with whole grains, too. Diet and exercise play a crucial role in how well our body deals with carbs and sugar. I would also recommend some supplements that are proven to help regulate blood sugar. Especially, cinnamon and alpha lipoic acid. See my webpage for more....
      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

      I will email you with my "real" email, so we can keep in touch. I've done lots and lots of reading on this, so maybe we can figure this out together.

      As far as diet not making a difference, you might want to read these before you swallow the good nurse's advice:
      Milk information:
      http://www.drmcdougall.com/misc/2007nl/mar/dairy.htm
      http://www.notmilk.com/d.html
      http://www.notmilk.com/tudrmac.html
      http://www.rense.com/general63/ddia.htm
      http://www.sciencenews.org/pages/sn_arc99/6_26_99/fob2.htm
      http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/ency/article/002448.htm
      http://www.strongbones.org/
      http://www.nature.com/ejcn/journal/v59/n3/abs/1602086a.html
      http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_uids=15910636&dopt=Abstract

      As far as I'm concerned, there is no doubt that cow's milk is not good for you. Not even baby cows drink the stuff after their infancy... it's too rich. There's a ton of evidence out there proving that it's not good for you, yet even doctors continue to spread the myth that it is good for you. It's just like their wreckless dispensing of harmful medications that they know full well cure nothing. Yes, they might reduce the symptoms a little, but are they worth the side effects? Of course not. Doctors (and nurses) are human and subject to the same brainwashing that goes on day in and day out in our society.... milk is good because it has calcium and vitamin D. This drug is good because....... (the drug manufacturer says so and I make a ton of money off you by herding you out of here with another useless "remedy"). It's an incredibly well crafted belief system. Upon scrutiny, however, the whole thing unravels. I'm not asking you to believe me or her... I'm asking you to do the research yourself. Read some of Kevin Trudeau's stuff if you want an eye opener. Don't believe all of his stuff either. Gather as much information as possible from as wide a variety of sources as possible and make your own judgements. I did. Here's another tip... you can learn more about diabetes than any nurse or doctor in less than a month. Think about it.... how long did they spend on the subject in med school? A week? Two? Here's another item... how many diabetics have they cured? Personally, I put doctors and nurses in there with chiropractors and fortune tellers. It's your body that does the healing... not them.

      Here's more on hyperinsulimia: http://www.drweil.com/drw/u/QA/QA94119/

      It's pretty much what we all go through as we become type 2 diabetic. It's just a fancy name for insulin resistance... the precursor to type 2.

      And the pancreatic tumor the good nurse is referring to is called: insulinoma: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Insulinoma

      The trouble with insulinoma is, it's completely unpredictable and people often end up with unexplained hypoglycemic episodes. This doesn't appear to be what's happening to you. Watch your numbers very carefully throughout the day. If your numbers are consistently similar before meals (high) and after meals (low) day in and day out, you should be able to rule out insulinoma since it's claim to fame is as suggested on the webpage I linked... generally the opposite of what you are claiming happens.

      I've got a buck that says you run out of money or die of old age before you find a doctor (or nurse) that can explain your symptoms.

  45. QUESTION:
    I need to know how my heart murmur is affecting my diabetes 2 blood sugar level when I am under stress.?
    I monitor my blood sugar regularly through out the day, fasting, before & after meals and at bedtime. On normal days my readings are normal but whenever I am stressed emotionally or physically I see significantly higher blood sugar levels than normal. I exercise regulary and watch my diet; I am keeping a journal of what I eat, my readings and how my day has gone. I am seeing a pattern of increased blood sugar levels on the occasions I feel extreme stress and I am aware at these times that my heart is responding with "fight or flight" symtoms. I would really like some help and insight with this and what types of things I can do to help myself. Thank you,

    • ANSWER:
      Elevated blood sugar levels are perfectly normal when the body is under any type of stress. Mine goes up every time I get sick or stressed out. The more you exercise, the lower the spikes will become. Get the book I recommend on my diabetes info webpage. It will help you understand the disease better and how to treat it more effectively. Plus, there's all kinds of useful info there:
      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

  46. QUESTION:
    Are her readings high or normal? Getting a lot of variance on this question?
    I have asked about my daughters blood sugar readings on this website and another one all about diabetes. People are saying that non-diabetics will NOT ever go over 140. Which from the tests and stuff people have run it does sound accurate. Her doctor gave us a meter to get after eating readings and some of her readings have been 168, 163, 161, 159, 155...(she has also had normal readings and she has had others over 140 I just dont remember them). Yesterday she also had a 62 reading after running around with friends. Some people have said that these are completly normal for after eating while others said they are pretty much diabetic readings. What do you think?
    I now feel very stupid. I forgot to mention...She has NOT been diagnosed with diabetes. (she has never been checked either)

    • ANSWER:
      They are perfectly normal readings for someone who has diabetes. Is she taking insulin? If so, you are doing fine. Watch out when she runs around, it sounds like she is going too low.

      If she has not been diagnosed with diabetes and if she is not taking insulin you need to make an appointment with a pediatric endocrinologist NOW.

  47. QUESTION:
    do all diabetics have a high blood sugar level in the morning, before they eat?
    or is it that some of them only get abnormal readings after they eat something?

    • ANSWER:
      No, some diabetics wake with very low blood sugars, as they have not eaten for 8 hours (over-night).
      If your BGL are controlled you should also be with-in the recommended 4-8, two to three hours after eating.

  48. QUESTION:
    eating schedule for a type 2 on second shift?
    i just started second shift. when i was dignosed i was on days and i finally a month ago got it pretty controlled. now im back to where i started pretty much. my blood sugar readings are higher in the mornings now and low at night. im more active at night so it makes sence why there lower. yesterday for example. i ate a bowl of cereal in the morning. i ate a salad and a sandwich before work. at work on my lunch i ate a sandwich, a mango, pretzels. then a granola bar for a late night snack at work. when i got off work i tested my blood sugar it was 82. did i eat enough? should i eat more so it isnt that low? in the 80's i feel low. i ate again when i got off work after testing. i dont want to get in the habit of eating late when i get off work. im trying to lose a little weight also. so should i increase what im eating on my lunch? or do i have to try to eat something small when i get off work? any ideas on what i should try?
    im taking metformin 500mg 2 times a day. my blood suagr readings are only high when i know im eating things i shouldnt. if i follow my nutritionist my blood sugar readings are never over 120's. do you think i might be getting to a point that i may not need the meds? is there a lower dose then 500mg for metformin?

    i have an appointment with my doc next week.

    • ANSWER:
      Hi again Lucky!! Dang but you are hardheaded!!

      Don't worry about eating late!!! You don't want to go to bed under 100, at least I don't! Eating late isn't that much of a problem. Old wives tales of don't eat within 6 or so hours of bedtime don't apply to diabetics!!

      You are going to bed at 80! then continuing to go down and the liver tells the bod that you are starving so it kicks out a bunch of stored glucose and you go sky high without eating!! Then you have cereal on top of the high.

      You need to be having about the same amount of grams of carb at each of about 6 meals per day, no matter what the timing of the day is!!

      I love having ice cream at bedtime!! It doesn't make me any fatter, but sure does help to keep my fasting glucose closer to normal.

  49. QUESTION:
    Why am I reading normal on my blood sugar?
    I am undergoing a test by an endocrinologist because I have all the classic "hypoglycemic" symptoms. I have had all my bloodwork done, I am not anemic, nothing wrong with thyroid, no diabetes. Basically I take my blood sugar at home whenever I feel the symptoms come on, and then two hours after eating. I have had a history of both feeling this way when I haven't eaten for a while and when I have eaten too much sugar and then crashing. My sugar has dropped to 59 in the doctor's office, and to 60 at home.
    My problem is, when I feel shaky and irritable and faint, the telltale signs that I need to eat quickly, my blood ALWAYS tests normal. I'm afraid to wait to eat, cause I'm afraid I will crash further. I get readings in the 75-85 range, while I'm about to pass out. Something's obviously wrong, and my meter is working properly - I checked to ensure that.
    Anyone have any clues???

    • ANSWER:
      Scientific studies show that there’s much more to hypoglycemia symptoms and hypoglycemia treatments than just low blood sugar. The adrenal stress hormones, adrenalin, and cortisol, are critically involved. In fact, most hypoglycemia symptoms are caused not by low blood sugar per se, but by an over-reaction of adrenalin and cortisol discharge—part of the body’s defense against blood sugar falling too low.

      Feeling hungry or needing to eat very often
      Feeling anxious or nervous
      Feeling light headed or foggy
      Sweating, palpitations or rapid heart
      Chronic fatigue
      Poor sleep
      Anxiety and/or depression
      Feeling faint
      Hyperventilation or shortness of breath
      Overweight
      Migraine and Tension Headache

      Too much insulin or oral medicine for diabetes can drive blood sugar (glucose) down too low. Dietary hypoglycemia symptoms trigger by a different path. Normally after eating, blood sugar (glucose) rises. Then the pancreatic hormone, insulin, kicks–in, driving blood sugar back down. The low point or nadir of the blood sugar curve occurs three or four hours after eating.

      At the low blood sugar nadir, the adrenal glands fire–off modest amounts of two anti–hypoglycemia hormones, adrenalin/epinephrine and cortisol. These anti–hypoglycemia hormones promptly drive blood sugar levels back up, in effect, a natural hypoglycemia treatment. No hypoglycemia symptoms occur.

      In contrast, people with diet–induced hypoglycemia are primed so their hypoglycemia–regulating hormones tend to overreact. As blood sugar rises after eating, the pancreas overshoots, firing too much insulin. This drives blood sugar down faster and further than it should. As blood sugar falls the adrenal glands “recognize” the need for an emergency hypoglycemia treatment to block blood sugar from crashing. The adrenals discharge massive amounts of adrenalin and cortisol. This drives blood sugar back up. Adrenalin can cause all the hypoglycemia symptoms listed above. Cortisone causes fatigue, anxiety, hunger and depression. This critical role of adrenalin and cortisol for hypoglycemia symptoms was proven by researchers at the National Institutes way back in 1984.

      Your adrenal glands are coming to your "rescue" and preventing the crash.

      Hope this helps.

  50. QUESTION:
    help with blood sugar reading...?
    Hi I need help with my readings on blood sugar, I AM NOT DIABETIC, but I have one thing to measure blood sugar, because I do at home testings from time to time, due to the fact that I have diabetes risk factors, now here's the deal 2 hours after I eat I get values of around 100-110 4 hours after I eat I get values of 90 or less.

    At night after I eat 4 hours or so I am around 90 or so, then I go to bed, then when I wake up I have about 12 hours of fasting (I'm on a diet as well ) but my blood sugar is around 100-110, I'm wondering if it is pure dawn effect the fact that I have 100-110 after the 12 hours of fasting, since I get 90 late at night. any advice and information would be appreciated.

    Remember I'm on a diet ! :D

    thx.

    • ANSWER:
      Non-diabetics almost always fast below 99 mg/dL and usually much lower - in the 80s or under. If you are routinely fasting between 100-110, assuming your meter is accurate, then those are pre-diabetic readings, defined as 100-125 mg/dL fasting. We have to remember that the diagnostic criteria are already quite generous, so even though your fasting isn't that high and isn't too far over normal, 99 mg/dL is a fairly loose standard for diabetes.

      As for the dawn effect or dawn phenomenon, a truly non-diabetic person with absolutely no pancreatic dysfunction or insulin resistance at all would not be that high in the morning regardless of bedtime numbers. Non-diabetics and diabetics alike release more glucose into the bloodstream in the AM, but non-diabetics have enough accessible insulin to keep blood sugar in a very tight range.

      Your two-hour readings of around 100-110 are considered normal and technically so are your four-hour, but I'm noticing a pattern, which is that you don't seem to get a lot of numbers below 90 mg/dL. Do you see commonly see blood sugar in the 80s or 70s? I'm wondering what your 1-hour post-meal blood sugar is - in other words, how high you're spiking. You're definitely able to drop down to normal within the proper time frame, but your fasting levels and the fact that you're rarely seeing numbers (as far as I can tell, anyway) below 90 mg/dL are concerning.

      You might consider running this test on yourself since you are worried about developing diabetes: http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/14046889.php

      Right now your blood sugar is so borderline that it's difficult to say whether you are pre-diabetic, but perhaps the above test can shed a little light and tell you whether it's time to see a doctor.

      I'm glad you're checking yourself at home. Too many people at risk just ignore it and wait to get diagnosed too late.


Blood Sugar Ranges

Having a high blood pressure (hypertension) reading that is above the normal blood pressure range is a concern for anyone, however people with diabetes are more likely to suffer from hypertension than most others. If you are obese and type 2 diabetic, then having high BP can be deadly leading to a fatal heart attack, or a stroke. Like many of the health risks associated with diabetes, ensuring good control of your blood sugars, eating a healthy diet and physical activity can help to keep your hypertension in check.

If you find yourself suffering from regular headaches, your vision is blurry, or you feel light headed or dizzy you may have hypertension. These symptoms are not just indicative of hypertension though and you should seek medical attention to determine the cause.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Is there a web site for blood sugar ranges and symptoms?
    My fasting blood sugar this morning was 360. I'm feeling pretty bad, but don't know for sure if it's because of that, or something else. Is there a place I can look to find out what the ranges are and possible symptoms that go along with that? I'd like to know just how bad 360 is... I have a doctor appointment tomorrow and haven't been diagnosed with diabetes yet. This is brand new to me, except that I had gestational diabetes 6 years ago.

    • ANSWER:
      360 is bad. To be considered a diabetic you only have to be above 125 as an adult. You should call your doctor ASAP and tell them what your sugar was this morning and what it is right now. Check out the ADA web site. It has a lot of great stuff on it. Good luck.

  2. QUESTION:
    What are the "normal", (non-diabetic) blood sugar ranges, before and after meals?
    I have diabetes II, and want to use diet and exercise to improve my health. My doctor doesn't spend much time answering my questions, and I can't get a straight answer about the normal ranges for blood sugar for non-diabetics, which I want to compare to my own, to see how far off I am (rather than just pulling out pills or insulin to normalize my blood sugar levels. If I find a particular food or activity makes my condition worse, I want to modify my activity level, or food choices. I want to take control of my condition, not just be lazy and take pills.
    I am 62, and have diabetes II. I am not significantly overweight (only 20 lbs). I want to take control of my own health, and use diet and exercise to improve my health. I know how my blood sugar reacts when I eat certain foods, but would like to know what the ranges are for "normal", non diabetics, (before meals, 2 hours after, etc.) so that I can have a goal to work towards. I can't seem to get a straight answer on this. My doctor said to use insulin "temporarily", then later said that most people have to stay on it once they start. I know other diabetics whose blood sugar levels are much worse (double what mine are), who don't use insulin, (though significantly overweight, and inactive) and while I want to improve my condition, I don't want to do anything stupid, and make my condition worse.

    If I have the "normal" range as a goal, and can see how certain foods or activities effect me, I can attempt to modify my food choices and activity level to improve my health.

    • ANSWER:
      I just received this information that you are asking for from my nutritionist last week.

      People without Diabetes
      Fasting - 70-100
      2 hours after meal - 70-120

      People with Diabetes: Ideal
      Fasting - 80-120
      2 hours after meal - 100-140

      People with Diabetes: Target
      Fasting - 80-140
      2 hours after meal - 100-160

      I am a T2, diagnoised 2 months ago. My doctor set these goals for me.

      Fasting - less than 105
      2 hours after meals - less than 130

  3. QUESTION:
    My mom has type 2 Diabetes. What are the normal blood sugar ranges?
    What is acceptable (good) blood sugar levels for morning test prior to eating? 90 - 120?

    What is acceptable range during the course of the day?

    Any suggestions on recipes or meal plans that work well? I know their is no such hing as a diabetic diet but I know there are obviously things to avoid.

    • ANSWER:
      My doctor wants me 80 to 120 before meals and when I wake up in the morning.

  4. QUESTION:
    Do i really need insulin if my blood sugar ranges between 87-114 during gestational diabetes?
    i was recently diagnosed with gestational diabetes. i went to the nutrional class and was told that my blood sugar be between 60-90 before breakfast and 60-120 after 2 hrs each meal. i went to see my dr and said that it was too high and might need insulin if it doesn't lower.

    Is this really necessary??
    thanks for all your help

    • ANSWER:
      You would be better of discussing this with your doctor as he will have all of your medical facts to help him decide the correct course of action express your concerns and worries to him and ask him to explain why he feels it is needed

  5. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar ranges 300-565 in last few weeks.Feeling very sick, doctors aren't listening, what should I do?
    I had surgery a few weeks ago, can't exercise. Following a low glycemic diet. Taking two oral diabetic pills and insulin. Nothing is working and I feel like I could die.

    • ANSWER:
      MY GOODNESS! 300 isn't good at all, but 565 is seriously dangerous. you need to kick that dr. to the curb and find another one, preferably an endocrinologist. my meter only goes as high as 599 and then it reads "high" which i have seen too many times. (not good) high levels like that can lead to diabetic ketoacidosis which i have had before and i have never felt so sick in all of my life. i was in the ccu/icu for 5 days and was found on the bathroom floor having thrown up for hours until my body just gave out. if i were you, i would shut down the computer, go to my car, and go to the hospital right now. you WILL NOT wait in the er if they know you are a diabetic with such high levels, they will take you straight back and get your numbers right immediately. no insurance or money? no problem~they will fix you up anyway. i'm really not trying to sound mean, but i've read some of the other answers and they say the same thing as i have said. you're rolling the dice. this won't go away by itself, i PROMISE you that, so if you don't go get your bs levels down to a healthy number you just might get sicker than you have ever imagined, i hope not but why chance it? such high numbers damage your eyes and your kidneys badly. you won't notice it now, but god forbid, if you ever have to go on dialysis you will wish that you had gotten help. the damage is irreversible, and i just found out from my doctor that when a diabetic goes on dialysis, they can never, ever, ever come off of it. Best of luck to you. i sure do hope you follow my advice~at least on this! (smile)

  6. QUESTION:
    What are the ranges for blood sugar numbers before & after a meal?
    I may have TYPE 2 diabetes. ( I have an appointment next week with Doc) I had a blood test done(by Doc) and my count was 130. ( I fasted for 12 hours BUT I took my liquid methadone before I got tested) I'm not sure if that effects the count?? Anyway, I bought a test kit and did some testing yesterday. Before I ate dinner, my count was 122, (time 6:00) I ate supper, had a Special K snack bar, tested blood (time 7:20) was 130. Ate 3 more bars (yes, I eat ALOT of 'em) tested blood (time 8:10) was 399. Waited 20 minutes, tested again, 192. That was last night. I KNOW I am not doing the testing procedure right, I just wanted to get an idea. Anyway, this morning I tested and it was 107. BUT, I also woke up 3 times in the night and ate granola bars. Is that common for diabetics?? Waking up in the middle of the night and craving sugar?? I do that every night!! I know theres alot here, I was just hoping that someone could tell me if this resembled a diabetics count or am I normal??

    • ANSWER:
      Great site to go to for info is diabetes.org. For a diabetic the after meal peak should stay below 180 (some sites say 160). Watch the carb intake. I'm assuming 4 Special K snack bars are very high in carbs.

  7. QUESTION:
    Why is my blood sugar higher in the morning than it is during the day?
    In the morning my blood sugar ranges from 85-100, but during the day when i have eaten, it's between 70-80?
    I'm not diabetic, I just test my blood sugar twice every day to make sure everything is ok with my diet and lifestyle.

    • ANSWER:
      If you are not diabetic you dont need to check....or worry about your blood sugar. But, if you gotta know, your blood sugar will be slightly higher in the morning because of inactivity at night and because your body needs extra energy for the morning. Blood sugars spike at different times of the day. It is normal.

  8. QUESTION:
    Why is my blood sugar higher when fasting then it is after a meal?
    In the morning my blood sugar ranges from 85-100, but during the day when i have eaten, it's between 70-80?
    I'm not diabetic, I just test my blood sugar twice every day to make sure everything is ok with my diet and lifestyle.

    • ANSWER:
      Are you on insulin? Your numbers may be more reflective of your medication regimen than your diet.

      Edit: OK, since you are non-diabetic...another good theory would be that it is a natural response to your diurnal peak in your cortisol in the early am. Totally normal.

  9. QUESTION:
    what is a normal blood sugar for someone with hypoglycemia?
    As you have probably figuared out I have hypoglycemia. I don't have diabetes. I would like to know the too high, too low, and normal blood sugar ranges thank a bunch.

    • ANSWER:
      The normal blood sugar level for someone who was hypoglycemia is 70 to 110 upon waking(fasting) and after meals it should be about 70 to 140. This is because you are not diabetic.

  10. QUESTION:
    Can a pre-diabetic person go back to a normal blood sugar level?
    I am pre diabetic because usually my fasting blood sugar ranges from 90-115.

    I am thin and tall.21 yrs old, female. My mom has diabetes, so my chances of getting diabetes is high.

    If I keep doing exercises and not eat heaps of sweets, will I be able to have a normal blood sugar level without being pre diabetic again?

    Is there a risk for a pre diabetic person to develop diabetes when pregnant?

    • ANSWER:
      Focus your attention on a low glycemic index diet. Google for it. Healthiest way to eat there is, and essential for diabetics.

      Since you're already thin and exercise, not much else you can do there. If you're gonna get diabetes, well, you're just gonna get it.

      Check your blood sugar maybe once a month, fasting, and 2 hours after eating a meal with some sugar in it. Should be <90 and <140.
      Higher than that, see your doctor.

      Pregnancy often causes blood sugar problems.

  11. QUESTION:
    what is the normal blood sugar range for someone who isn't diabetic?
    my mom took my blood sugar just for fun and it was 148. i'm not diabetic or anything but what is the normal range of blood sugar for someone who isn't diabetic? just wanted to know.

    • ANSWER:
      80-100 depending on when you last ate.

      If your blood sugar was 148, you should be evaluated by a doctor.

  12. QUESTION:
    what are the ranges for blood sugar levels?
    ?

    • ANSWER:
      normal would be 80-120

  13. QUESTION:
    what are the low and high ranges for blood sugar?
    what is a normal range for a 27 year old female suppose to be?

    • ANSWER:
      Low end would be in the range of 60-70 while upper end is around 100. Some doctors allow for high end to be 110. These are fasting (no food for past 8 hours) levels, and not right after you've eaten.

  14. QUESTION:
    What is a safe blood sugar range for my 10 year old daughter?
    Her ranges are usually around 8.6 - 10.7. Should I have her checked for diabetes or is this a safe range for a 10 year old?

    Thank you!
    I forgot to add that she goes to the washroom frequently and drinks alot.

    • ANSWER:
      Children and adult readings aren't the same. Children tend to run higher.
      The site below has a chart of ranges for both non-diabetic and diabetic adults and children. This chart has mg/dl readings but I don't believe that's what you are giving.

      If you're in doubt, have his pediatrician do the appropriate testing and find out before it's to advanced and avoid a harder time getting things back into line later.

  15. QUESTION:
    Mega-doses of vitamin C cause my blood sugar to spike (from 180 to 230) Is this OK?
    I don't have diabetes. Normally my blood sugar ranges from 100 to 120. I get intravenous vitamin C twice per week, and it helps my health substantially. But I've been checking my blood sugar the past weeks with an at-home monitor and my blood sugar spikes and then slowly goes back down to normal over a 6-9 hour period. Are these levels something I should be concerned about? Is there damage being caused to my cells at this level?
    The blood sugar spikes occur immediately after the IV (intravenous) vitamin C, but then the blood sugar slowly goes back to normal over the next few hours.
    The blood sugar spikes occur immediately after the IV (intravenous) vitamin C, but then the blood sugar slowly goes back to normal over the next few hours.

    • ANSWER:
      Silly question, but why are you checking your blood sugar at home if you don't have diabetes???

      Do you have a family history?

      Regardless, what is *likely* happening is that the megadoses of vitamin C are interfering with your blood glucose meter. This can and does happen. Most meters will be affected from mega doses of certain substances in the blood, and that can affect results, usually making them higher than they really are. As you pee out the excess vitamin C (which happens quickly within the day as it is a water soluble vitamin), this effect would disappear. To me, this sounds like what *may* be happening. But no one but your doctor could tell you for sure. You should also call your meter company, as they would know if your meter may be affected by large doses of Vitamin C. Again, many are.

      Also, a home meter is not accurate enough to diagnose diabetes. If you think something else is going on (and it's always a good idea to check with your doctor), you need to schedule an appointment with a medical doctor to run the proper tests. I'm not sure if you are seeing an MD for your current therapy. But that is who you should talk to.

  16. QUESTION:
    What is the blood sugar range for a non diabetic?
    Just before Thanksgiving, my blood sugar level was 96.

    Just minutes after the full thanksgiving meal including the pumkin pie my blood sugar was 145

    does this mean i am now diabetic?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal blood glucose levels range from between 60 and 100.

      No it does not mean you are diabetic. If you are worried about, tell you doctor and he will perform some fasting tests.

  17. QUESTION:
    What are the target ranges for blood sugar in a diabetic? Type 2 diabetes is what I'm referring to.?

    • ANSWER:
      From a long-term evaluation of what levels should be it is best to look at the A1C test. It is essentially a measure of the 2 - 3 month average of blood sugar.

      - The American Diabetes Association suggests that a Diabetic should have an A1C test of less than 7.0%.
      - The American Endocrinology Association suggests that a Diabetic should have an A1C test of less than 6.5%.

      (Both of these organizations state that a non-diabetic should be less than 6.0%). I personnally shoot for the less than 6.5%.

      As to your daily readings, the following applies:
      - Fasting: <120 for a diabetic and <90 for non-diabetic
      - 2 hours after a meal: <140 for a diabetic, not sure for non-diabetic

      My personal goal is to try and not exceed 140 at all. Recent studies have found that a lot of the bad side effects (blindness, loss of extremities, ec) occur even at sustained relatively low levels in the 120 - 140 range.

      With effort these are possible. I am almost there with the approach of oral medications (only metformin), diet, and exercise.

  18. QUESTION:
    Why were high blood sugar levels changed from a high level of 120 to a high level of 100?
    Was it to sell more pharmaceuticals? It used to be the blood sugar range levels (on a blood test) were 0 to 120 now they are 0 to 100. Why?

    • ANSWER:
      it isn't 0 to 100 nor was it 0 to 120

      It has always been 65 or 70 to 99 was normal glucose levels for the past 20 or so years. The Endocrinologists organization has wanted to lower the bar at which a person was declared diabetic and needed to go on medication to prevent any damage to periferal nerves and blood vessels for quite a few years.

      They finally got it done. This is the same as lowering the bar of 130/90 as being normal blood pressure. It too has been lowered by the Cardiologists organization. It is 120/65 as preferance level.

      This is because a person taking medication to keep these two numbers in control has less chance of the really bad diabetic and heart events of the past!! This is to help us to live to 150 or so in a few more years.

  19. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar ranges?
    I have some symptoms that lead me to believe I might be pre-diabetic (thirsty ALL the time--drank 10 glasses of water yesterday and I'm STILL thirsty. I also get shaky in the morning if I wait too long to eat). So I've been doing some research, and I've bought a blood glucose meter. I've done three tests so far. One after I ate dinner last night (like half hour later) and two this morning after a 9 hour fast. This mornings readings were 117 and a few minutes later 107. The one after dinner last night was 107 as well.

    My question... I've been looking up question around YA and I'm find some conflicting information. What exactly are the normal glucose levels? Am I within range or should I talk to my doctor anyway?
    Being thirsty all the time is only something that's popped up in the last few days, BTW.
    thank you. Yes, I'm in the US...

    • ANSWER:
      normal is 70-120....but each body is different. I am diabetic and if my blood sugar is 90, i start to shake. I feel good when it is around 120...

  20. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar ranges from 138 to 160. My 7 and 21 day average is 150. Should I be concerned?
    Diabetes runs throughout my family. So, as a precaution, we have "clinic" day at my mothers. I have to get my sugar test done by my doctor every 3 months. Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated. Thank you for your time and interst. Dee
    Yes, this is after fasting for 8 hours. The "clinic" day is under supervision of my uncle, who is a PA. Thank you all for your input.
    OK, now I'm getting worried. I fasted for 8 hours, and now my blood sugar is 268. Does this mean it's time to see the doctor about this? Thank you, once again, Dee

    • ANSWER:
      You may not get to perfect numbers like under 100 but you must try. Wish you would have included what meds. you are taking.You may have to increase meds. Ok, lets start with eating. You and your family should all be on a Glycemic index way of eating.
      This table includes the glycemic index and glycemic load of more than 2,480 individual food items.The glycemic index (GI) is a numerical system of measuring how much of a rise in circulating blood sugar a carbohydrate triggers–the higher the number, the greater the blood sugar response. So a low GI food will cause a small rise, while a high GI food will trigger a dramatic spike. A list of carbohydrates with their glycemic values is shown below. A GI is 70 or more is high, a GI of 56 to 69 inclusive is medium, and a GI of 55 or less is low.

      The glycemic load (GL) is a relatively new way to assess the impact of carbohydrate consumption that takes the glycemic index into account, but gives a fuller picture than does glycemic index alone. A GI value tells you only how rapidly a particular carbohydrate turns into sugar. It doesn't tell you how much of that carbohydrate is in a serving of a particular food. You need to know both things to understand a food's effect on blood sugar. That is where glycemic load comes in. The carbohydrate in watermelon, for example, has a high GI. But there isn't a lot of it, so watermelon's glycemic load is relatively low. A GL of 20 or more is high, a GL of 11 to 19 inclusive is medium, and a GL of 10 or less is low.
      Foods that have a low GL almost always have a low GI. Foods with an intermediate or high range from very low to very high GI.
      Heres the website:http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      Now the next problem to tackle is EXERCISE. Walk at least 30 min. a day. NORDIC WALKING IS GREAT. That walking with 2 sticks or ski pole . You don't have to push hard , just walk along and push what is easiest for you. Why walk and not exercise the upper body. RIGHT!

      A couple of tidbits:
      Use ¼ to ½ teaspoon of cinnamon per day. Add it to your coffee, oatmeal, smoothie, or wherever you find it palatable.
      If you already suffer from diabetes, be sure to stay on a regular schedule with your cinnamon usage so that your blood sugar levels don't yo-yo.Use the same amount at the same time every day so that you can get a sense of how cinnamon affects your own personal blood sugar readings.
      Use the powdered spice or a cinnamon stick. Cinnamon pills are also available, and can be found easily via an online search. MHCP is water soluble and is not found in cinnamon oil.

      Lime and lemon juice delay the digestion of starches as does vinegar. I've found that 2-3 tablespoons of lime or lemon juice reduces my post prandial BG response by 10-20 points. Rick Mendosa's site has a lot of material on acids in the diet. Take a look at http://www.mendosa.com/acidic_foods.htm .

      And beings that you have "CLINIC "day at moms this next is very appriopiate....
      A chuckle may help the body process blood sugar, according to research from Japan. A study of type 2 diabetes—the most common form of the disease—found that laughter was linked to lower blood sugar levels after a meal.

      Over two days, participants were given identical meals. On one day, they watched a humorless lecture, and on the next they watched a Japanese comedy show. The group of 19 people with diabetes and five without had their blood sugar monitored during the study.

      Afterward both diabetics and non-diabetics alike had lower glucose levels after laughing through the comedy show than they did when they listened to the monotonous 40-minute lecture.

      Good luck, I would say more but out of room!I think!

  21. QUESTION:
    my fasting blood sugar ranges from 125 to 130, is it normal?
    am in active nature of work

    • ANSWER:
      70 to 100 is normal. Anything higher may be too high. You should go to a doctor (general physician or endcrinologist) and get it checked. Are you often thirsty and have to use the bathroom frequently?

      Your active work may play a part, but I would check with a doctor. Good luck!

  22. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar ranges from 4.8/11.4 are these safe levels?

    • ANSWER:
      You and your health care team should decide upon a good sugar level.
      With your dietitian's advice and a diabetes ed class and maybe even a support group,you can work on these goals.

      I wish you the best.

  23. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar range level for a diabetic?
    I know someone who recently went into a diabetic coma. They said she was given too much insulin by EMS. Thanks.
    She is about 35 years old.

    • ANSWER:
      A person with diabetes should aim for 80 - 180 (some people may argue about this figure but it the number varies based on what you doctor said or what web site you checked). A person's blood sugar would have to be in the 30's or lower to go into a coma due to too much insulin. Age does not have anything to do with it, the numbers are the same for everyone.
      Also, be suspicious of anything "They" say, unless the know for a fact and saw the numbers on the glucometer to test her sugar with their own eyes.

  24. QUESTION:
    my boy has high blood sugars but I never see sugar or ketone in urine.He is in diapers so I use cotton balls?
    His blood sugars range from normal all the way to the high 300's. He is sick today and his sugar was 377 without much breakfast and it was two hours after eating. He is being followed by an endocrinologist but he is not diagnosed as diabetic.

    • ANSWER:
      Your child needs a different pediatric endocrinologist who knows what he/she is talking about.

      What are the cotton balls about ?

  25. QUESTION:
    What is the "normal" blood sugar range?
    It seems that each doctor and many websites have their own version of "normal" blood sugar range and none of them match. I would like to know what you have been told is normal for fasting and after meals.
    Also if any of you have been pregnant what did they tell you for pregnancy?
    What should it be 2 hours after eating?

    • ANSWER:
      Well.. as for as the normal levels are concerned...check for the latest recommendations on the site of American diabetic association. the standard values recommended has been revised in recent years. and now a level of B.S.F( blood sugar fasting) should be lower than 110 mg/dl. If it is between 110 to128 mg/dl it is impaired glucose tolerance test.... and if it is more than that it means you are having Diabetes definitely. A blood sugar level of more than 140 two hours after breakfast is doubtful and a level of more than 180 mg/dl is required in order to declare D.M. At least two readings are taken in to account and a single reading is unreliable. Now all the world bodies recommend that the levels should be kept as normal as the normal people levels. The levels are 10 % lower in the pregnant women and their D.M. has to managed either with food and / or with insuline...never with available drugs....Have fun

  26. QUESTION:
    What is a healthy blood sugar reading?
    I was diagnoised with diabetes type II, but haven't started any medication yet that my doctor has put me on. Since my diagnoises, I've been cutting out sugars to maybe at most 1 to 5mg a day and the same for carbs. I've dropped from 267 to 250 in two weeks. I eat a healthy lunch which consists of a salad, couple of small portions of meat, lots of veggies and a glass of tea with sweet-n-low. I towards the evening time I have large salad w/tomatoes, celery, carrots, bacon bits (small amount) and oil and vinegar. I'll usually have a 3 egg beater omellet w/diced ham and vegetables for breakfast. After two weeks of eating like this, my glucose has dropped from 230 to and is stabilizing around 104 to 130. My skin seems to be changing and looks and feels smother and I'm zipping in and out of places with lots of energy. I'm I doing this right? Are those acceptable blood sugar ranges that will not hurt my body? i.e. eyes, feet ect

    • ANSWER:
      Those blood sugars are fabulous. The big thing is to follow up with your doctor, so that you can be sure your overall sugars are down (by checking the HbA1c, the 3 month avg). If it is OK, then it aoppears that diet and excercise are working great for you. I'll warn you right now though, when you don't take meds like doc says, it gets annoying (although if you can show him that you are improving without the med, it takes the edge off)

  27. QUESTION:
    My husband has type 2 diabetes and my 4 year old had a blood sugar reading of 10.9 how worried should I be?
    She had eaten around an hour earlier, some home made biscuits and cake. I was under the impression that people who do not have diabetes cope with these foods without leaving the blood sugar range of between 4 and 7. All information is appreciated.

    • ANSWER:
      both my mother and partner have diabetes and iknow that your blood sugar will rise after consuming sweet and other foods but i believe to have peace of mind i would have no hessitation with a child of 4 to to have her checked with your doctor to be on the safeside.......seamanab

  28. QUESTION:
    What is the normal random blood sugar range?
    My family have diabetes history. My father and my younger brother have diabetes. Today I checked my random after taking 3 normal size cups of Tea within 2 hrs of span before going test.
    My Sugar level shows 125 mg% Is this worry figure? or it is normal or high? please help me .......

    • ANSWER:
      Random Blood Glucose Test:
      Random blood Glucose test gives your blood sugar at any time in a day. Normal random blood sugar level should be less than 200mg/dl. If your random blood glucose level is between 140mg/dl to 200mg/dl then you will have pre-diabetes.

      Seems that you are fine.

      Good luck. But you must maintain a healthy diet and exercise. At least 30 minutes a day. A good way to judge what you are eating is a Glycemic Diet . Heres a website for 2,480 food s. It gives their index and load. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      Remember a random test is as accurate as a fasting. It will determine if you have diabetes. A hba1c is not for diagnosing diabetes!
      Glycated hemoglobin (A1C) test
      This test is not for diagnosing diabetes, but it shows you how well you have controlled your sugar in last 2 or 3 months. Normal value is less than 7%, however if it is more than 7 then you and your doctor should think of changing your treatment of diabetes.

      Always Remember, your blood glucose measurement alone is not enough to differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Your doctor may do some other tests to find out which type of diabetes you have.

  29. QUESTION:
    I have recently been experiencing concerns as it relates to elevated blood sugar reading?
    My morning blood sugar reading range from 111-143 are these ranges normal for a person that have yet to be dx with diabetes? My most recent reading after eating (watermelon) was 244. Should I be concern and see a Dr.? Oh by the way I am on a diet (Jenny Craig) for appx 1 year

    • ANSWER:
      Hi! If your morning blood test is fasting, it is slightly too high for a non-diabetic person, in a non diabetic it shouldn't rise above 100 ideally. 244 after eating is certainly far too high for a non-diabetic, that indicates that your body is definitely struggling with the simple sugars, such as those found in fruits, etc. My guess would be that you are certainly borderline or pre-diabetic, if not diabetic.
      The best thing that you can do is see your GP for a glucose tolerance test, which will tell the doctor immediately if you are diabetic or not.
      Also, you mention you are on a weight loss diet, it sounds as if your sugars are definitely too high for a calorie controlled program.
      Definitely see your doctor, and he or she can also advise you on the most suitable diet, both to help your sugar control and to assist weight loss.
      Good luck, I hope everything goes well for you.

  30. QUESTION:
    Is 79-85 a normal blood sugar range for a 23 month old?
    My son is always wanting his sugar checked when he see's his 10 year old cousin who is T1 Diabetic doing his. So on occasion when I have checked his sugar too it has always been in the lower ranges of 79-80. I am not sure what is normal for a child his age...but for my nephew anything between 100-120 is what we shoot for. Anyone have any opinions or experience with this?
    He had already had breakfast and some milk before his sugar was taken.

    • ANSWER:

  31. QUESTION:
    Im 16 and what should my blood sugar range be?
    My blood sugar was 195 and Im 16 yrs old? I ate a bowl of coco puffs> Is that affective??? What should it be??

    • ANSWER:
      Blood sugars should run between between 70 & 100. You need to take it before you eat first thing in the morning. That will give you the most accurate results. The 195 being high depends on how long after you ate that you took the test. A blood sugar will be high, but should return to normal within 2 hours. And yes what you eat will have bearing on the results. Try taking your blood sugar first thing in the morning and if it's high make and appointment with your doctor. The effects of diabetes can be deadly in the long run and you need to keep it under control. wwrn

  32. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar range after a type 1 diabetic eats?
    Is it normal for a type 1 diabetic to be 160 after 20 mins of eating a meal?

    • ANSWER:
      Absolutely. Someone with type one diabetes uses insulin to correct their blood sugar. Generally today two types of insulin are used (unless the person is using a pump). You should have a blood sugar check before meals and again two hours after eating. Before meal blood sugar should be in the 80-110 range ideally. Don't test twenty minutes later as the fast acting insulin used has not peaked or had time to correct for the amount of carbs consumed. Two hours after a meal, a type one should hopefully be in the 120-140 range.

      Following a rigid diet that is described in the post below is not always best for optimum control and long term diabetes care. Some people have the willpower to follow a rigid diet for awhile, but then there is real life.

      I also eat low glycemic index foods as well as whole foods. I stay away from packaged and manufactured foods. However, I do maintain a fairly normal diet.

      Keeping blood sugar in extremely tight control MAY decrease your chances of problems, but not a guarantee. Extremely tight control can also increase the risk of hypoglycemic episodes and unawareness. Moderation is the key. I don't think a 120 range is unacceptable two hours postprandial. That would mean that by your next meal, you are right in target range again.

  33. QUESTION:
    blood sugar.?
    what is the normal range for blood sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      Depending on the Doc for many 80-120 is normal the younger more gung hoe types like mine at the VA say 70-110. What more important is does it change a lot. This is un-controlled diabetes. I fought them for years but finally had to admit I had lost control of my weight and blood sugar. So they put me on one pill a day I feel better and have lost about fourty five pounds as well. I did change my diet. I moved to the Philippines and they just don't make a good double double here.

  34. QUESTION:
    What is the price range on blood-sugar testing machines?
    I think I might have a blood sugar problem and I want to start testing my blood sugar. I know you can get the machines at your local Wal-Mart, but I was just wandering about the price range?

    • ANSWER:
      You can get a free one at ww.onetouchgold.com/simplestart
      Test strips are the bugger! They cost a bundle!

  35. QUESTION:
    What should the average (range) blood sugar level for a diabetic be?
    I was recently diagnosed and am currently monitoring my BSL. My highest has been 241 but the very next day it was only 34.

    • ANSWER:
      You are obviously on insulin. You want to keep your blood sugar below 120 if possible but never ever below 60. Low is more dangerous than high. Try to keep it between 80 and 100.

  36. QUESTION:
    Is 88-95 range blood sugar good for kids?
    I am 14 years old and my dad has diabetes, two aunts and one uncle also has diabetes (My dad's siblings) so I was a bit worried I might have it as well. The lowest Ive gotten was 88 and 95 as my highest (Ive been checking my blood sugar for about two years) . Is this a good range? My dad's levels vary by a lot though.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugar is in the normal range. Since your family has a history of diabetes it would be a good idea to check yours from time to time. Good luck. :-)

  37. QUESTION:
    For optimal health what range should a persons blood sugar be at all times?
    I have been thinking about it and it seems to me that for optimal health it would be best to keep blood sugar in the range of 70-95 at all times.

    • ANSWER:

  38. QUESTION:
    What should my wake-up/morning blood sugar level range be?
    When I wake up in the morning..what range should my blood sugar be?

    • ANSWER:

  39. QUESTION:
    My fasting blood sugar is 113.How risky it is?I have gone through many websites ,ranges are different.?
    I am 53.I do not have B.P.,but have high Cholesterol,for which I am taking Atocor E.I am active otherwise.I am Agricultrue scientist.I do Yoga and walking 20 minutes each 5 times a week.

    • ANSWER:
      Do not be concerned by all technical info. Just relax and keep a little control on your diet. Do not go by one value. repeat the test after 30 days.

  40. QUESTION:
    What is a good blood sugar range for a type 2 diabetic after I eat?

    • ANSWER:
      As with any Diabetic your blood sugar while you are taking strict control of it should not change by much, normal/healthy usually runs between 80-120/130. If your sugar is too high after you eat and you know you did everything your doctor told you to do, it might be time for another check-up.

  41. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar?
    My fasting bs is 100 and postprandial is 129. is it normal?.
    i take 1500 mg metformin a day. Is any possible my blood sugar level to normal range. my weight 72.5 kg , height 170 cm.

    • ANSWER:
      More explanation is required in your case. Your blood counts are more or less normal. But why are you taking such a high dose of Metformin? Has any Doctor suggested you? If so, you might have been having very high blood count before and This is controlled by the medicine. So only a specialist in Diabetic diseases can tell you after a thorough investigation. So, if you are not in touch with any doctor (I mean a specialist, Diabetologist) contact one at once. It is unethical to suggest anything with the little information given by you.
      Try to reduce your weight by 5 kg. make good exercise. Walking is the best exercise. After meals take at least half an hour to go to bed. Eat only 85% of the stomach's capacity.

  42. QUESTION:
    I have a blood sugar problem and need answers ( Please no bull crap answers please serious answers only)?
    HI. My name is Emily. I'm 16. My mom is a diabetic as u know is high blood sugar and i use her meter to test mine and i always have really low blood sugar it ranges from 80 and as low a 60. I really need some answers please help.

    • ANSWER:
      Your sugar is perfectly fine. Normal blood sugar ranges from around 60-120. Your sugar fluctuates throughout the day. You don't claim to have any symptoms so you are fine.

  43. QUESTION:
    What is the normal range of blood sugar in/with cholesterol and blood pressure?
    I'm a vampire so i should know this. lol jk my mom wants to know this the original question is: What is the normal range of blood sugar cholesterol and blood pressure?
    i didnt think that made sense so i rephrased it

    • ANSWER:
      Blood Sugar should range between 70 - 120 (non-fasting)
      Cholesterol - under 180
      Blood pressure - 120/80 but doctors will focus more on the lower number.

  44. QUESTION:
    Why is 70-120 the "normal" blood sugar range is it can change so much?
    Diabetes runs pretty heavily in my family and all my life I was told, from my family and doctors, that normal blood sugar was 70-120. 70 should be when you're fasting, and 120 should be after a really big meal. Then when I started showing a lot of the symptoms of diabetes, my dad tested my blood sugar 5 hours after I ate and it was 140. So he took me to the doctor and even though all my levels were pretty high, she said I was normal. What I don't understand is why they would set a limit, and then say something that much over it is still "normal". Especially that long after eating, and it wasn't even a big meal. It was just a sandwich. Now don't get me wrong, I'm very happy that she said it was normal. I just don't understand the ranges.
    I've tested my levels fastingas well and they were almost always 99 or 100 or higher. I think the lowest I ever got was 97. The highest fasting was 111. My moms doctor told her that anything above 90 was prediabetic. Is that true?

    • ANSWER:
      I have worked with diabetics for about 9 years, after 5 hours and a BS of 140, is not normal. I agree you need a H1c, that will let you know if you are diabetic or prediabetic, either way your sugar should be down after 2 hours of eating, go ahead a cut out juices, regular sodas, to many carbs and sugars, Please see another doctor, Internal Med, or Endo. Good Luck!! Also just your sugar in the morning before you eat.

  45. QUESTION:
    normal blood sugar for a 10 year old?
    What is the normal blood sugar range for a 10 year old girl?

    • ANSWER:
      her blood sugar should be between 70 and 150. the level tends to be lower in the morning, then increase over the day. if it is under or close to 70 most of the time, she probably has hypoglycemia. if it is above or close to 150 most of the time, she probably has hyperglycemia. if it is very high, and she is drinking a lot of water and peeing frequently, then she might be diabetic. if you are worried, there are several tests she can take, listed on this website:

      http://www.buzzle.com/articles/normal-blood-sugar-levels.html

  46. QUESTION:
    Can I test my blood sugar levels at home?
    Can I test my blood sugar levels at home? If so, where can I buy the necessary equipment? What is the normal range for blood sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes. Go to ANY drug store and buy a blood sugar monitor, also called a glucometer. Most big chains like CVS sell a generic brand. Look for the kits that have some strips, some lancets and the meter all together. Should be able to find something in the range for a simple all-in-one kit. They do not require a prescription. Normal range upon awakening, with nothing in your stomach, should be less than 100. During the day, anywhere from 70-140 is considered normal. On the lower end, around 70, most people would feel sapped of energy and maybe a little shakey, but it is a safe reading. Over 140, you might not have symptoms, but it is a good bet you are developing diabetes. Every member of my family except me has diabetes, so I bought a monitor and I keep myself tested about one day out of the month just to make sure I'm ok still.

  47. QUESTION:
    is there anyway to test my blood sugar at home?
    I know that they make things for it , but is there anything really cheap I can get at a drug store that would only be a few dollars?-something that also has the thing to prick my finger with?- also once I do this what is the normal range for blood sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      If you know someone who is diabetic, it might not cost you anything. The test strips cost about a buck, so if you want to help out, pay for the strip. Normal range within a few hours after a meal, should not exceed 140mg/dl. Normal after 8 hours w/o food should be no more than 125. Ideal is between 70 and 110.

  48. QUESTION:
    Does anyone know what the normal blood sugar range is for a three year old?

    • ANSWER:
      80-120 mg/dcl

  49. QUESTION:
    I am type II diabetic, what should my target blood sugar range be within that 2 hr period after a meal?
    Hi, sometimes when I eat and I randomly check my levels it can be as high as 300. What should my target be? Some people say 140, some say 160. Alright thanks for the input.

    • ANSWER:
      Also, please see American Diabetes Association
      http://www.diabetes.org/home.jsp

  50. QUESTION:
    what is the highest blood sugar range for a non diabetic before and after meals?

    • ANSWER:
      Most Dr's use the 126 level......if you are under you are ok....If you go over this level you are diabetic.............


Blood Sugar Range Levels

How the different food types affect brain function? Much of what was discussed confirmed that the old saying You are what you eat! is perhaps more true than most people realize! The brain is the nerve centre of the body and determines our actions, thoughts and feelings. If it is not powered up in the right way it will lead to us being a little less than we should be! With this weeks article the focus will shift slightly from brain function to another aspect of nutrition, albeit one that still has profound implications for brain function, namely: The maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels.IThe saying goes on that You are what you eat! Have you ever asked yourself how foods affect your brain? Previous explanations in this regards proves true. It is another issue that we dont take them seriously. As a key player brain is most important organ of our body which controls it by helping us determine our actions, thoughts and feelings. Imagine the worsening impact we would have if our brains are not nourished. The focus of this weeks article digresses slightly from brain functioning to nutrition. We will discuss nutrition which is crucial in our body functioning and maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels.IThe question before us is how various food categories affect our brains. Whatever we discussed in this regard reaffirms an old saying which states You are what you eat! Hardly anyone of us complies with it though. Brains are intellect centre points of our body helping us fruition our actions, thoughts and feelings. Do you think it would function smoothly if not nourished efficiently? Our article this week will slightly shift from brain functioning to specific area of discussion in nutrition. Though lots of clarifications are required in brain functioning and nutrition, maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels are still an integral part of it.

Many people think of blood sugar as an issue that diabetics should be concerned about but that the rest of us can safely ignore. This perception is very wide of the mark, especially if we are talking about the management of the symptoms of ADD/ADHD. The fact is that blood sugar levels can have a profound effect on our general wellbeing and also on our functioning as productive and healthy members of society. It is therefore quite appropriate that we spend some time in discussing ways in which optimum blood sugar levels can be maintained. Before we do that, however, it would be good to first get a general overview of the whole concept of blood sugar levels.IThere is an intrigued general perception about blood sugar that it is associated with diabetics hence others should not bother. But such presumption is not appropriate particularly when you focus on ADD/ADHD symptom management. In actuality blood sugar levels have considerable effect on human bodies. It may even hamper general wellbeing of a particular person. Such symptoms affect us severely confining our personal and social lives into nowhere. Keeping these aspects in view, we should manage some time to discuss and search appropriate means on how a manageable blood sugar level can be achieved at. Lets have a general overview of blood sugar levels before discussing specific aspects.IGood number of masses observe that blood sugar is linked with the diabetics so others should not worry about it. But when you manage the ADD/ADHD symptoms, you should think otherwise. The reality is entirely different and makes all of us accountable for a thinking level. The symptoms of blood sugar can have irrefutable effect on a persons general health and wellbeing. Carelessness force you lead secluded life as its effects on health is worse. We must think over this and spend enough time to find best solutions for overcoming this problem. But before we discuss its specifications, lets have a look on the blood sugar level concept.

At its most basic level the concept of blood sugar levels centers around the amount of the bodys primary energy source, glucose, found in the blood stream at any given time. Normally this level is within a remarkably narrow range (about 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters) but significant rises can occur during the period following a meal. It is this rises, their implications for the treatment of ADD/ADHD, and the way in which they can be best managed that will be our focus for the next few weeks.IGlucose is the primary energy source of our body. Understanding the basics of blood sugar levels is incomplete without understanding the substantial role of glucose which passes thorough the blood stream of our bodies. The level of glucose may usually range to approximately 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters in the normal circumstances. But it starts showing considerable increase soon after we take some meal. Our primary focus in the next few weeks will be to highlight such rises and their possible effects in the treatment procedure of ADD/ADHD.IUnderstanding the basic concept of blood sugar levels remains incomplete without having a detailed knowledge of the powerhouse of our body named glucose which is the main source of energy for us. Glucose flows in the blood streams of our body in its normal course at 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters. But whenever we take some sort of meal its level starts showing a remarkable rise. The forthcoming articles in coming weeks will be exclusively focusing on those complications, rises and the treatment of ADD/ADHD in such circumstances.

Blood sugar levels that are significantly above or below normal levels can lead to all kinds of serious medical problems. Symptoms related to both extremes include the following.IWhenever your blood sugar levels go up or down from its normal course, it may result into serious illness. Basic symptoms in both the cases are mentioned below:IA rise of fall in the blood sugar level from its normal course may invite many problematic disease. Prominent symptoms associated with both the extremes are as follows :

Low Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia):As far as the body is concerned low blood sugar simply means that there is not enough fuel available to fulfill all its critical functions. This lack of energy is perhaps most keenly felt in the brain as one of the most energy dependent parts of the body. The brain responds by beginning to shut down non-critical functions. One of the first indications of a drop in blood sugar would therefore be a general feeling of fuzziness i.e. an awareness that you are not able to perform simple mental tasks as well as you are used to. Other indications include shakiness, anxiety and tremors. On an emotional level low blood sugar can lead to irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression. In extreme cases patients with extremely low blood sugar can suffer from stupor, seizures and comas. From an ADD/ADHD perspective it is important to note that a lack of focus coupled with general irritability can in many cases be traced back directly to hypoglycemia. This fact will be explored in greater detail in subsequent articles.ILow Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia): Your body deteriorates in various ways in low blood sugar. This symptom indicates that body is not charged and lacks energy. Once this phenomenon occurs your brain gets affected at the first juncture. Lack of energy enforces it not to perform any determinative work. Dependent parts of your body start showing pessimistic effect. This leads your brain to cease working. It becomes unable to detect non-critical functions of your body when symptoms of low blood sugar are vibrant. You feel fuzziness. While reaching at this position your brain cant even perform regular assignments. You fail to perform your usual duties and mental task. Other complications of low blood sugar are shakiness, anxiety and tremors. Low blood sugar damages your emotional health and you feel irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression. When it reaches to extreme low, you suffer from stupor, seizures and comas. Looking this entire issue in ADD/ADHD perspective raises many pertinent questions. You feel lack of focus; general irritability and at times hypoglycemia overpower you. Forthcoming articles would elaborately discuss this issue.ILow Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia). In a normal body cycle low blood sugar is lack of power in the body which makes it dull and less energetic. Ultimately the situation keeps you at low and you fail to perform your basic duties. As your body faces lack of energy weakness and its resultant impact is seen in the brain which is determinative portion of our body. At times its effects are so crucial that brain fails to perform several non-critical assignments. Feeling fuzziness is one of the primary effects of low blood sugar. Once you face this situation you fail to perform regular mental tasks. Low blood sugar causes other problems including shakiness, anxiety and tremors. You feel emotionally low, irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression in such situations. A person suffering from extremely low blood sugar can face stupor, seizures and comas even. Low blood sugar in the perspective of ADD/ADHD leads to lack of focus and irritability. If the case turns severe you can have hypoglycemia as well. The subsequent articles would focus these aspects in detail.
High Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Hyperglycemia is characterized by three classic symptoms namely constant hunger, constant thirst and the constant urge to urinate. It can also lead to blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and recurrent infections. In very severe cases uncontrolled rises in blood sugar levels could lead to stupors and comas.IHigh Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Three critical symptoms like repeated hunger, thirst and urge for constant urination are main characteristics of Hyperglycemia. It causes critical illnesses like blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and recurrent infections. Stupors and comas are its extremely critical effects if there is uncontrolled rise in blood sugar levels.IHigh Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Constant hunger, thirst and repeated urge for urination are three basic symptoms of Hyperglycemia. Its effects can happen in the form of blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and the recurrent infections in ones body. When blood sugar levels start rising uncontrollably the sufferers encounter stupors and comas.

It should be very clear from the above that wild fluctuations in blood sugar levels could have some very nasty consequences and that blood sugar level management should be one of the top priorities for anyone interested in maintaining good general health. This is especially true in the case of those having to deal with the symptoms of ADD/ADHD as research is constantly pointing to the role of extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels in creating symptoms like lethargy, indifference, irritableness and wild mood swings. This issue is so vitally important that I will spend the next few weeks probing some of the wide ranging implications of blood sugar swings and the way in such swings can, for the most part, be prevented. Some of the things that I will look at include the following:
A discussion of the mechanics of blood sugar (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
The psychological and emotional impact of blood sugar fluctuations.
The relationship between blood sugar fluctuations and ADD/ADHD.
Some strategies for the successful management of blood sugar levels.
The role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining optimum blood sugar levels.IAbove mentioned revelations keep us cautious to maintain good health. Repeated and extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels may create alarming situations. Keeping this crucial aspect in mind, we should be extra careful in managing blood sugar levels. Taking special care of it becomes mandatory particularly when you deal with ADD/ADHD symptoms. Researches are exploring regular extreme fluctuations in the blood sugar levels time and again and find that they develop related symptoms like lethargy, indifference, irritableness and wild mood swings. As it is one of the crucial health issues and requires more attention, I would put extra effort and spend my next few weeks to highlight and probe its complications. The causes of blood sugar swings and their preventive measures must be explained elaborately. I will emphasize on the below mentioned aspects in my first attempt:
Proper discussion on blood sugar complications (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
How blood sugar fluctuations impact one psychologically and emotionally?
What relationship blood sugar fluctuations and ADD/ADHD have?
Finding out some strategies to successfully manage blood sugar levels.
The role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining optimum blood sugar levels.IThis must be borne in mind from the above mentioned debate that extremely differentiating fluctuation in the blood sugar levels result into many pathetic conditions. That is why blood sugar level management should remain our primary focus in keeping ourselves systematic and healthy. Such aspects become crucial for those who have the symptoms of ADD/ADHD. The research findings regularly describe that feeling lethargic, having indifference or irritableness or facing extreme wild mood swings are the main outcomes of extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels. As this issue is of much concern, I have decided to dedicate my next few weeks to probe and find out the complications of blood sugar swings, how such swings turn chronic and what are the preventive measures of it? I would have a keen look on the following aspects:
Will discuss the complexities of blood sugar (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
Blood sugar fluctuations and their psychological and emotional impact.
What relationship ADD/ADHD and blood sugar fluctuations actually have?
What are the effective strategies to succeed blood sugar levels?
What is the role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining best blood sugar levels.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Why were high blood sugar levels changed from a high level of 120 to a high level of 100?
    Was it to sell more pharmaceuticals? It used to be the blood sugar range levels (on a blood test) were 0 to 120 now they are 0 to 100. Why?

    • ANSWER:
      it isn't 0 to 100 nor was it 0 to 120

      It has always been 65 or 70 to 99 was normal glucose levels for the past 20 or so years. The Endocrinologists organization has wanted to lower the bar at which a person was declared diabetic and needed to go on medication to prevent any damage to periferal nerves and blood vessels for quite a few years.

      They finally got it done. This is the same as lowering the bar of 130/90 as being normal blood pressure. It too has been lowered by the Cardiologists organization. It is 120/65 as preferance level.

      This is because a person taking medication to keep these two numbers in control has less chance of the really bad diabetic and heart events of the past!! This is to help us to live to 150 or so in a few more years.

  2. QUESTION:
    If blood sugar levels are in normal range,can you still have diabetes symptoms?
    Ive been checking on my blood sugar levels because i have a history in my family and because im over weight,i also have been getting these weird symptoms like; fatigue,shaky hands,some mood swings,and my eyes be feeling weird but not blurry nor out of focus they feel like they want to sink in,but i have been checking my sugar for the past week and its always in normal range,can someone give me good advise?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal range blood sugar will vary throughout the day based on what you have eaten, how much physical activity you have gotten and how long it has been since you have eaten. On an empty stomach, blood sugar levels should be between 70 and 100mg/dL for a non-diabetic. However, you still not considered a diabetic until blood sugar levels following an overnight fasting are above 126mg/dL.

      Let's say that your blood sugar level on an empty stomach or after an overnight fast is around 115mg/dL. You may assume that you have diabetes - since it is above the high range or "normal" - but you do not. Rather you have what called pre-diabetes or IFG (impaired fasting glucose) and sometimes known as IGT (impaired glucose tolerance).
      http://ezinearticles.com/?Are-Normal-Range-Blood-Sugar-Levels-the-Same-For-Everyone?&id=2070331

  3. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar range level for a diabetic?
    I know someone who recently went into a diabetic coma. They said she was given too much insulin by EMS. Thanks.
    She is about 35 years old.

    • ANSWER:
      A person with diabetes should aim for 80 - 180 (some people may argue about this figure but it the number varies based on what you doctor said or what web site you checked). A person's blood sugar would have to be in the 30's or lower to go into a coma due to too much insulin. Age does not have anything to do with it, the numbers are the same for everyone.
      Also, be suspicious of anything "They" say, unless the know for a fact and saw the numbers on the glucometer to test her sugar with their own eyes.

  4. QUESTION:
    How quickly should Metformin bring my blood sugar levels to within normal range?
    I am eating very healthy and exercising 45 minutes a day vigorously. I was just prescribed Metformin - was told to take half dose to see if my blood sugars stabilize. They have gone from 277 to 172 to 164 in three days but this is still too high. Doctor said if it wasn't below 130 to increase dosage but I don't know how long I should wait.

    • ANSWER:
      You are doing great and it is coming down. It may come on down even more tomorrow, don't increase it until it comes up some. As long as it is going down it may reach 130 blood sugar level yet. I am not as familiar with Metformin as I am with other insulin but it is best not to change the dosage too frequently. My daughter was diagnosed with diabetes at age 11 and at age 39 she had a pancreas and kidney transplant operation. She now has 3 kidneys and 2 pancreas. They leave the old ones in and she is no longer a diabetic. She is 44 and like a new woman.

  5. QUESTION:
    what is the normal range of blood sugar levels in a women without diabetes?

    • ANSWER:
      If the woman is not pregnant, then her normal fasting (before breakfast) blood sugar level should be 70 to 99 ml/dL. Within 2 hours after she eats (called the postprandial level), her blood sugar level should not exceed 120. At no time during the day should her blood sugar level exceed 140. During pregnancy, a woman's blood sugar level can fluctuate by trimester.

  6. QUESTION:
    What is the range for normal blood sugar levels when fasting?
    Is it 5-7 ??

    • ANSWER:
      Sounds like you are outside the USA. In the USA they use a different system, and the normal range is 70 to 100.

      Pretty much everywhere else, the normal fasting range is about 4 to 5.5

      Between 5.5 and 6.9 is prediabetic.

      Above 7.0 is diabetic, but it must be confirmed by two tests, because it can go up if you have an infection.

      http://blog.360.yahoo.com/blog-NbDgUzQhfrJTXdmg.DfXS.Tx

  7. QUESTION:
    what is the normal range for blood sugar levels of adult male and female over age 50?
    What is considered 'high blood sugar' and 'low blood sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      In EMS, we consider anything under 60 mg/dl as treatable with glucose. A "normal" blood sugar is anywhere around 100 mg/dl. Probably in a healthy adult without diabetes you may see a range of 80-120 depending on when they have eaten.

      If this sounds somewhat subjective you are right. It depends on the person and what symptoms they are exhibiting. There are no cookie cutter numbers that are exactly "normal" for everyone.

  8. QUESTION:
    What should my wake-up/morning blood sugar level range be?
    When I wake up in the morning..what range should my blood sugar be?

    • ANSWER:

  9. QUESTION:
    What should the average (range) blood sugar level for a diabetic be?
    I was recently diagnosed and am currently monitoring my BSL. My highest has been 241 but the very next day it was only 34.

    • ANSWER:
      You are obviously on insulin. You want to keep your blood sugar below 120 if possible but never ever below 60. Low is more dangerous than high. Try to keep it between 80 and 100.

  10. QUESTION:
    What is the blood sugar range for a non diabetic?
    Just before Thanksgiving, my blood sugar level was 96.

    Just minutes after the full thanksgiving meal including the pumkin pie my blood sugar was 145

    does this mean i am now diabetic?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal blood glucose levels range from between 60 and 100.

      No it does not mean you are diabetic. If you are worried about, tell you doctor and he will perform some fasting tests.

  11. QUESTION:
    I have been Type II diabetic for 8 years. Can I control my blood sugar levels with diet and exercise, alone?
    I take Glucovance and occassionally took Avandia. Headlines , today, said that 43% of those taking Avandia have significant heart problems. I am on a low carb diet and have lost weight. I exercise moderately yet nothing I seem to do stabilizes my blood sugar levels. My range stays between 80 and 170 with some lows and highs in the dangerous range(45&365). Any resources or personal experiences would help me out.

    • ANSWER:
      This is hard to answer. Even on the medication, you say your blood sugars are getting out of control occasionally. Your diet and exercise seem to be good and stable. The truth is, no matter whether you are on medication or not, you are still going to have some highs and lows. The purpose of medications like Glucovance is to increase insulin production. There are tests your doctor can do that can determine the levels of insulin you are producing and see if these medications are helping. The best advice I can give you is to speak to your doctor about it. He is the one who can advise you about what may be best for your health. I have read that both Glucovance and Avandia can have dangerous complications, so maybe there are some different medications you can try. I would honestly just ask your doctor if it would be safe to try being off your medications for a period of 2-3 months and seeing how you do. Good luck!

  12. QUESTION:
    Can I test my blood sugar levels at home?
    Can I test my blood sugar levels at home? If so, where can I buy the necessary equipment? What is the normal range for blood sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes. Go to ANY drug store and buy a blood sugar monitor, also called a glucometer. Most big chains like CVS sell a generic brand. Look for the kits that have some strips, some lancets and the meter all together. Should be able to find something in the range for a simple all-in-one kit. They do not require a prescription. Normal range upon awakening, with nothing in your stomach, should be less than 100. During the day, anywhere from 70-140 is considered normal. On the lower end, around 70, most people would feel sapped of energy and maybe a little shakey, but it is a safe reading. Over 140, you might not have symptoms, but it is a good bet you are developing diabetes. Every member of my family except me has diabetes, so I bought a monitor and I keep myself tested about one day out of the month just to make sure I'm ok still.

  13. QUESTION:
    What is a normal blood sugar level range?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal is anywhere in the 80-120 range. However for diabetics (whether type 1 or 2), that range can be expanded to 70-150. It will not always be perfect, but what matters is that your diabetes is kept under control. --------------------------------

  14. QUESTION:
    Diabetes and blood sugar levels: fasting levels in pre range and random in normal range.?
    For those who have diabetes or experts in the area of endocrinology: I have to wait until I have health insurance for a blood draw from a vein to confirm or rule out diabetes officially. I have been using accuchek to do fasting tests and those have been in the pre-diabetes range. I have done a couple of random tests and they seem to be in the normal range- 126 and 111 consequetively (different days) withint 2 to 5 hours or so of eating. What I can't figure out is why then is my fasting test result elevated (after at least12 hours) ? I am not on any insulin so the somogyi affect doesn't apply. I have had increased thirst of late. Might have some other symptoms but have to wait and see if those are temporary. A lot of symptoms I don't count because some are normal for me so they woud have to be really noticeable or extreme. I haven't been sleeping well lately either. I figured at first maybe that would go away but it hasn't.
    I think my health insurance starts in June sometime. I don't want to add another pre-existing condition...want this to be covered whatever it turns out to be.

    • ANSWER:
      get you health insurance girl===something is going on that isn't right by the look of your description=good luck

  15. QUESTION:
    What is the normal range for blood sugar level for a woman?
    five foot, four inches, 132 lbs.

    • ANSWER:
      normal blood sugar for anyone is 120,if it goes a little higher still not bad,goes over 130 not good,if it goes under 80 its not good

  16. QUESTION:
    what are the ranges for blood sugar levels?
    ?

    • ANSWER:
      normal would be 80-120

  17. QUESTION:
    My mom has type 2 Diabetes. What are the normal blood sugar ranges?
    What is acceptable (good) blood sugar levels for morning test prior to eating? 90 - 120?

    What is acceptable range during the course of the day?

    Any suggestions on recipes or meal plans that work well? I know their is no such hing as a diabetic diet but I know there are obviously things to avoid.

    • ANSWER:
      My doctor wants me 80 to 120 before meals and when I wake up in the morning.

  18. QUESTION:
    What causes blood sugar levels to be very high in the morning and in a good range the rest of the day?

    • ANSWER:
      Several reasons due to high levels in the morning: (a) poor coverage of insulin during the evening, and therefore a new insuling pattern need to be fixed; (b) a low during the night (hypo) that made the body react (e.g. w/Glucagon) and then the liver released sugar stored and provocked the high (rebound effect). In all cases is recommendable to test sugar level middle of the night for a few times (e.g. 3:00 am) and bring pattern to your doctor to decide a new dosage. If a continous monitoring device is available (e.g. Glucowatch type) this could help also the discovery process.

  19. QUESTION:
    in one touch test strips to measure blood sugar level,the normal control range mentioned is for fasting or pp?
    life scan strips for measuring blood sugar levels has a calibration on it,saying normal control range,is this calibration for fasting or pp? 2. it has a code mentioned on the vial and every code has different range for normal blood sugar levels,can anyone help?

    • ANSWER:
      The calibration range is for testing the meter with test solution, NOT testing your blood for your glucose level. You put in a test strip just as if you were going to test your blood BUT instead of blood, you put a drop of the test solution that came with the monitor on your finger and test it instead.

      Before you do that, you need to set your meter to the code on the vial of test strips.

      There are good directions for this in the booklet that comes with the meter. If you don't have yours, you can get one from their Web site on this page, http://www.lifescan.com/products/booklets/

      Hope this helps!

  20. QUESTION:
    What are some foods that lower blood sugar levels?
    At my last physical, my doctor told me by blood sugar levels were just SLIGHTLY above the normal range.

    Are there any foods that will actually lower blood sugar? I'm not asking for which foods to avoid, just if there are any foods that actually counteract high blood sugar.

    • ANSWER:
      ALL foods raise blood sugar, because ALL foods are burned for energy. Physical activity can help lower your blood sugar.

  21. QUESTION:
    Weight lose and Blood Sugar Levels...?
    Why do people lose weight when they have Diabetes, and I take 1000mg of metformin with my dinner at night and my blood sugar level ranges 90-105 when i wake up in the morning before breakfast is that a ok level....This is a two part Question!!!!!!!!!!!

    • ANSWER:
      Eat more!

      Don't be fooled because the article is referring to more of healthy, low-fat foods rather than junk food.

      Junk food can range from burgers to those cookies that you always bought! Adding a lot of vegetables and fruits to your diet will help you. Also, drinking bouillon, a Haitian soup, made with filtered water will help you feel full.

      BasketballExercise every day! This could be the most difficult step to follow. But what you can do is actually start slowly then steady increase the amount of exercise. For example, today you will walk for 10 minutes, repeat this for the whole week. For the next week, double your workload.

      You may get leaner that way! The important thing is to get your heart rate up and start, now!

      Feed your temptations once in a while. Go ahead and have that donut or slice of pizza, but before you do, drink a few glasses of water and eat a bowl of raw veggies such as cucumbers, celery, carrots, and tomatoes. They will fill you up and you will have very little room to eat the "junk" food.

      Scrumptious!Consume things that have no calories. There are two things you eat and drink that contain no calories: water and fiber. The more of these you get into your diet, the better off you will be. For example, you can eat a pound of mixed salad greens with assorted raw vegetables (carrots, red cabbage, celery, broccoli, onion, etc.) with a low or no-calorie salad dressing and only have eaten 100-150 calories.

      This is because of the high water and fiber content of the salad and low calorie dressing. Also, eat lots of celery. It has only 8 calories, but amazingly, it takes more than 8 calories to digest it. So, you actually BURN calories by eating celery! It's not much, about 2 calories per 8 inch stalk, but it sure doesn't hurt.

      Avoid sodas as much as possible. Instead, drink flavored water or unsweetened iced tea.

      Take broth-based soups. They are a relatively low in calories. A commerically-available ready to eat "chicken and stars" soup may only have 80 calories for 1 serving, much less than diet "meal shakes" or nutrition bars.

      These may help you.Practice good eating habits. Always use utensils and sit at the table.

      This stops you from eating precariously. Eating with your hands will mean that you take in more food in one scoop. Don't forget to eat slowly and stop when you're full. Similar to the above step, if you can't stop, drink up! Maybe your body is thirsty and hungry no more! Also, you can do any other chores (other than eating). For instance, go shopping, or play badminton with your friend, or play games on the computer!

      Spread out your diet! Eat more small chunks of meals, rather than 3 big meals. If you eat 100-150 calories or so every two hours, your body stays in a higher-metabolism digesting mode. This allows you to burn more calories than eating just 3 meals a day.[1]

      Source(s):
      http://centerformedicalweightloss.com/la...
      http://www.smallstep.gov/?gclid=CIqXsZjb...
      http://exercise.about.com/cs/weightloss/...
      http://www.fourhourworkweek.com/blog/200...
      http://www.netdoctor.co.uk/health_advice...

  22. QUESTION:
    Can blood sugar levels be high without having diabetes?
    I've heard that blood sugar levels don't go high if you don't have diabetes.

    Today I did my blood sugar randomly and it was 6.9. The other day it was 11 I think... Isn't that high? The right level is in the 5 range isn't it? I had eaten fatty foods a few hrs before taking it.

    I'm 21 in a few days and overweight. Practically everyone has diabetes in my family including my mum.

    • ANSWER:

  23. QUESTION:
    NORMAL FASTING BLOOD SUGAR LEVEL RANGE?

    • ANSWER:
      You will get many different answers but we want to caatch diabetes early , don't we!!!!

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.

      Take care

      Buff

  24. QUESTION:
    What are the "normal", (non-diabetic) blood sugar ranges, before and after meals?
    I have diabetes II, and want to use diet and exercise to improve my health. My doctor doesn't spend much time answering my questions, and I can't get a straight answer about the normal ranges for blood sugar for non-diabetics, which I want to compare to my own, to see how far off I am (rather than just pulling out pills or insulin to normalize my blood sugar levels. If I find a particular food or activity makes my condition worse, I want to modify my activity level, or food choices. I want to take control of my condition, not just be lazy and take pills.
    I am 62, and have diabetes II. I am not significantly overweight (only 20 lbs). I want to take control of my own health, and use diet and exercise to improve my health. I know how my blood sugar reacts when I eat certain foods, but would like to know what the ranges are for "normal", non diabetics, (before meals, 2 hours after, etc.) so that I can have a goal to work towards. I can't seem to get a straight answer on this. My doctor said to use insulin "temporarily", then later said that most people have to stay on it once they start. I know other diabetics whose blood sugar levels are much worse (double what mine are), who don't use insulin, (though significantly overweight, and inactive) and while I want to improve my condition, I don't want to do anything stupid, and make my condition worse.

    If I have the "normal" range as a goal, and can see how certain foods or activities effect me, I can attempt to modify my food choices and activity level to improve my health.

    • ANSWER:
      I just received this information that you are asking for from my nutritionist last week.

      People without Diabetes
      Fasting - 70-100
      2 hours after meal - 70-120

      People with Diabetes: Ideal
      Fasting - 80-120
      2 hours after meal - 100-140

      People with Diabetes: Target
      Fasting - 80-140
      2 hours after meal - 100-160

      I am a T2, diagnoised 2 months ago. My doctor set these goals for me.

      Fasting - less than 105
      2 hours after meals - less than 130

  25. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar levels
    What would be a healthy blood sugar range? Test was done 5-10 minutes after eating because we just happened to walk by a place offering free screening.

    • ANSWER:
      normal is between 80 and 130 but since you had just eaten depending on the food it could be as high as 160 and still be normal. if you think you have diabetes go to your doctor and they will give you a blood test called an a1c which you take after not eating for 8 hours and it measures the average sugar in your blood over that period of time. for a normal person your supposed to have an a1c between 4-6 i believe

  26. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar range?
    For a 17 year old girl(5'6/ 140lb) what would be considered normal blood sugar levels when I wake up since I wouldn't be eating, an hour after I eat, 2 hours and 3 hours, I just want to know before I go see a doctor. My dad has diabetes and I think I'm getting symptoms of it other than losing weight...I have to go to the bathroom A LOT more and I get shaky and my fingers tingle etc..

    Thank you !

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Others may give you higher numbers, but don't we want to catch diabetes in it's earliest stage?

      Take care

      Tin

  27. QUESTION:
    How many grams of carb should I eat at a time to keep my blood sugar level in balance(range)?

    • ANSWER:
      I suggest you get into contact with your endocrinologist, or a endocrinologist, and work with them to get yourself on insulin that mimics how a normal body would produce insulin, etc (like solostar lantus and novolog). Hopefully, after some correspondence you can get yourself put onto an insulin-to-carbohydrate ratio (I:C), i.e., for X amount of carbs, you would take 1 unit of insulin, after learning carb-counting.

      However, it is still dependent on your ISF (Insulin Sensitivity Factor), and what insulin you're on.

  28. QUESTION:
    What are normal blood sugar levels?
    Hello, can anyone tell me if I should be concerned of a blood sugar level of 55 out of a range of 65 to 99. Is that considered hypoglycemia?

    • ANSWER:
      It may be normal for you , but if mine gets that low, I am sweating and trembling and ready to pass out.

  29. QUESTION:
    What is the normal random blood sugar range?
    My family have diabetes history. My father and my younger brother have diabetes. Today I checked my random after taking 3 normal size cups of Tea within 2 hrs of span before going test.
    My Sugar level shows 125 mg% Is this worry figure? or it is normal or high? please help me .......

    • ANSWER:
      Random Blood Glucose Test:
      Random blood Glucose test gives your blood sugar at any time in a day. Normal random blood sugar level should be less than 200mg/dl. If your random blood glucose level is between 140mg/dl to 200mg/dl then you will have pre-diabetes.

      Seems that you are fine.

      Good luck. But you must maintain a healthy diet and exercise. At least 30 minutes a day. A good way to judge what you are eating is a Glycemic Diet . Heres a website for 2,480 food s. It gives their index and load. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      Remember a random test is as accurate as a fasting. It will determine if you have diabetes. A hba1c is not for diagnosing diabetes!
      Glycated hemoglobin (A1C) test
      This test is not for diagnosing diabetes, but it shows you how well you have controlled your sugar in last 2 or 3 months. Normal value is less than 7%, however if it is more than 7 then you and your doctor should think of changing your treatment of diabetes.

      Always Remember, your blood glucose measurement alone is not enough to differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Your doctor may do some other tests to find out which type of diabetes you have.

  30. QUESTION:
    Can a pre-diabetic person go back to a normal blood sugar level?
    I am pre diabetic because usually my fasting blood sugar ranges from 90-115.

    I am thin and tall.21 yrs old, female. My mom has diabetes, so my chances of getting diabetes is high.

    If I keep doing exercises and not eat heaps of sweets, will I be able to have a normal blood sugar level without being pre diabetic again?

    Is there a risk for a pre diabetic person to develop diabetes when pregnant?

    • ANSWER:
      Focus your attention on a low glycemic index diet. Google for it. Healthiest way to eat there is, and essential for diabetics.

      Since you're already thin and exercise, not much else you can do there. If you're gonna get diabetes, well, you're just gonna get it.

      Check your blood sugar maybe once a month, fasting, and 2 hours after eating a meal with some sugar in it. Should be <90 and <140.
      Higher than that, see your doctor.

      Pregnancy often causes blood sugar problems.

  31. QUESTION:
    Do I have normal blood sugar levels?
    I was in town today and started feeling really strange... shaky, faint, exhausted and slightly 'altered' (this has been happening regularly...I'm also being investigated for an adrenal disorder). So I popped into my local pharmacy and they did a blood sugar test on me there and then with a finger prick. It came up as 4.6. I had a sugary chocolate ice cream an hour before. What's the normal range, is my blood sugar level healthy? Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      Depends upon whether you were fasting or not. The previous answers are WRONG. A fasting blood glucose level is regarded as normal between 3.5 and 5. After a large carbohydrate meal this can go as high as 11 but at this point I would merely advise monitoring. Bear in mind that stress from any cause can cause blood glucose to be elevated.

      If you are in doubt, go see your GP as as many as 1% of the population (more depending on what study you read) are undiagnosed diabetics

  32. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar?
    My fasting bs is 100 and postprandial is 129. is it normal?.
    i take 1500 mg metformin a day. Is any possible my blood sugar level to normal range. my weight 72.5 kg , height 170 cm.

    • ANSWER:
      More explanation is required in your case. Your blood counts are more or less normal. But why are you taking such a high dose of Metformin? Has any Doctor suggested you? If so, you might have been having very high blood count before and This is controlled by the medicine. So only a specialist in Diabetic diseases can tell you after a thorough investigation. So, if you are not in touch with any doctor (I mean a specialist, Diabetologist) contact one at once. It is unethical to suggest anything with the little information given by you.
      Try to reduce your weight by 5 kg. make good exercise. Walking is the best exercise. After meals take at least half an hour to go to bed. Eat only 85% of the stomach's capacity.

  33. QUESTION:
    Can blood sugar levels change a lot in less than a minute?
    I am type 2 and I try controlling my blood sugar level with diet and weight loss. I use a freestyle flash meter and I check it morning and night but last night I checked it and it was a whopping 234 so I thought that was just way out of range for me so I immediately checked it again and it was 115. Could my meter be bad or does sugar fluctuate that much in such a short time?

    • ANSWER:
      when you get readings like that within a minute of eachother use your control solution and check your strips/meter. if it is in range test again. three tests give you a more accurate idea. the meter will fluctuate some in readings but it should not be that much. If your first is 234 sencond 115 and third around the 234, then assume you are on the higher side. maybe wait an hour and test again, or even in 15 minutes. if you still get really off numbers like that call the meter company and ask them to send you a replacement because yours is off. they do this free of charge, as long as you mail yours to them.

  34. QUESTION:
    What is a dangerous blood sugar level? Today, my fasting blood sugar was 232.?
    Normally, my blood sugar levels are within range. I am a type 2 diabetic.

    • ANSWER:
      That's high but not scary high. Once you get over 250, your body starts producing ketones as a stress response, and that can keep raising your BG's a bit. Over 300 is a concern, over 400 is getting scary because once you're over 500 you could be headed for DKA (diabetic ketoacidosis) and the hospital.

      If your BG is high but less than 300, taking a brisk walk or dancing for 30 min. will often bring a Type 2 back down in range.

  35. QUESTION:
    During pregnancy what is considered a normal blood sugar levels?
    When I test my blood sugar (by prickin' my finger) what range of numbers should I see? I tested this morning at it was 101.. I then took the pill that I was prescribed. What's normal?!

    • ANSWER:
      A normal range is 60-120. When you are pregnant, it is common to see lower numbers than average, but it should never fall below 60.

  36. QUESTION:
    What is a normal blood sugar level?
    I have been trying to lose weight and decided to monitor my blood sugar level. It has ranged anywhere from 67-97. Does not seem to matter if I fast or eat. Does this fall in the "normal range"?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      You must pay attention to the time that you test. Otherwise your may be testing in vain.

      Good luck Tin

  37. QUESTION:
    can anyone tell me the normal range for blood sugar level.?

    • ANSWER:
      And the real answer is :

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      We want to catch diabetes in it's earliest stage don't we?
      The other answers are from the corrupt American Diabetes Association. Or uninformed doctors.

      Take care

      Tin

  38. QUESTION:
    Diabetics did you feel ill when your blood sugars started to return to there normal range?
    I have noticed when they return to nearly the normal range I start to feel very ill and was told by my diabetic nurse that it is the body thinking it is going in to a hypo as it is more used to the high blood sugar levels.

    How do you deal with this as obviously I want to keep the levels in range so do you just ride it out?

    Thanks for any help its just I am pretty recently diagnosed so not sure about it all yet
    I am on metformin and gliclazide for it

    • ANSWER:
      Ditto M8 i am type 2 as well you can get it in check by diet but it changes i was off the metformin for 2 years but recently blood sugar levels went up so back on one a day...6 months i will either be back under control with diet or moved back up........you know wwhen its getting worse by feeling tired alot or being more thirsty or peeing.

  39. QUESTION:
    Is 88-95 range blood sugar good for kids?
    I am 14 years old and my dad has diabetes, two aunts and one uncle also has diabetes (My dad's siblings) so I was a bit worried I might have it as well. The lowest Ive gotten was 88 and 95 as my highest (Ive been checking my blood sugar for about two years) . Is this a good range? My dad's levels vary by a lot though.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugar is in the normal range. Since your family has a history of diabetes it would be a good idea to check yours from time to time. Good luck. :-)

  40. QUESTION:
    Type 2 Diabetes: Blood sugar level reducing from above 300 to 150 - 180 range?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 - 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    3. questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s - 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    Thanks in advance.

    OTN
    Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to be on the right track.. But you never mentioned if you are taking Metformin.
      Here's the Key:

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels :

      1) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.Exercise is Non-Negotiable !!!Thats why it is Number 1 on the list.
      2) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can't count carbs so I use Mendosa's Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      3) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don't need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      4) Diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can't count carbs so I use Mendosa's Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      My fasting is 96 and HBA1C is 5.2.
      There are no miracles, just attitude and dedication. If you have depression , treat it . Because when depressed you don't take care of yourself properly.

      Take care

      TIN

  41. QUESTION:
    How do you lower blood sugar levels when they are bouncing from normal to high?
    I have been told that I am a borderline diabetic and my sugar level should not go over 120. It is ranging from 130-190. Is there anything I can do to lower it a little so that it will reduce the yucky side effects. Nausa, dizzyness, headache, drymouth. Thank you for any and all help.

    • ANSWER:
      Actually the side effects are because your body is used to running at such high levels and you are starting to get them down. I was running at like 290 for a while and when I got down to 140 I felt like I was going to passout. But eventually my body got used to running at the lower blood sugar levels and now I range from 80 to 130. I would say keep a food diary. Anything you eat or drink keep track of and test your blood sugar levels before you eat or drink and 2 hours after. If you see a major jump in your levels then something you just eat or drank is effecting you. Over time you will learn what food effect you more. Common things are *high sugar/carb foods and drinks, or items with high fat content*. Pizza, soda and fries are the worst for me, but Chilli seems to effect me just as bad as a soda. I have learned to pick items that don't effect my blood sugar as much and keep a balance. If I want a soda I don't get the pizza or fries and go with a salad and fish instead. You don't have to cut things out completely just learn to eat balanced meals and learn what effects you the most.

      Try keeping your food diary for a week testing before you eat and 2 hours after. Keep track of everything from what you drink to those chips you snacked on between lunch and dinner. You will be suprised just what effects you most, I was.

  42. QUESTION:
    How does tea affect blood sugar?
    I'm a type 2 diabetic. I just drank 2 cups of tea with 2 little containers of half & half (each). I don't drink much milk during the day. I believe the tea is caffeinated.

    I haven't eaten anything just yet. Can I test my blood sugar level for fasting range or the 2-hour after eating range? Or do I have to wait the two hours to get something valid?

    Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      It isn't the TEA that will give you the problem! You cannot do fasting testing after drinking the half n half! That is a milk product and is loaded with sugars!

      You must do your fasting reading BEFORE the half n half in your tea. The tea itself doesn't change anything. It is entirely the half n half that changes you from fasting to after snack level testing.

      Food isn't the only thing that raises glucose levels. Fruit juices, milk products, anything that isn't mostly pure water does as well.

  43. QUESTION:
    Does anyone know what a normal blood glucose/blood sugar level(or the normal range) is for a 7 week old baby?
    I am diabetic and have decided to check my daughters blood sugar level because she has been a little crankier than normal and has spit up alot the past couple days. She is 7 weeks old tomorrow. I am asking because I know what a normal adult range is, but I also know that a newborn has a lower range than an adult and need to know what the range is at her age now. (And yes, if she gets worse I will take her to the doctor)

    • ANSWER:
      Then normal glucose level for newborns ranges from 30 to 90 mg/dL.

  44. QUESTION:
    range of levels of sugar in blood ?
    fasting i got a value of 67 and after two hours of taking 75 grams of glucose I got a value of 90.What does it tell

    • ANSWER:
      Sounds pretty normal. Normal BGL is about 80-120. It should go up after consuming some glucose.

  45. QUESTION:
    What is normal blood sugar range for a type 2 diabetic?
    My dad has type 2 diabetes, and recently had open heart surgery, he was on 2 different pills before the surgery to manage his diabetes, but they weren't working. After the surgery his dr put him on insulin along with the pills. His dr started lowering his doses of insulin because his sugar levels were running way to low (in the 50's overnight). The last 2 days he hasn't had any insulin, the highest number he's had has been 244 (after eating), but drops within an hour. My question is since he just stopped taking the insulin, how high should his blood sugar get before we start worrying about it?

    • ANSWER:
      I would worry if after meal test were over 120 after 2 hours or 140 after 1 hour.
      I hope that your dad heart surgery went well, and he can start to exercise. This is a big key to controling blood sugars. Along with a low glycemic index diet http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      And of course meds.
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.
      So as soon as he can start to exercise and do a low carb diet he should get into normal range.
      Also go to this website . It (blood sugar 101). A great source of info;;http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/16422495.php
      Tin

  46. QUESTION:
    Will excercise immediately make blood sugar levels go down?
    Even though I have my period...? Also, please note I have taken my insulin and eaten within proper range.

    Thank you!

    • ANSWER:
      check this out vick... :)

  47. QUESTION:
    how can I lower my fasting blood sugar level?
    My blood sugar level 2 hours after eating is within the normal range but my fasting blood sugar level is high - anywhere from 105 to 115. Is there something I can do to lower this?

    • ANSWER:
      This is suggestive of diabetes. Have you been diagnosed as a diabetic? If not you may wish to see your physician for additional testing such as a glycated hemoglobin A1C. If you have been diagnosed what is your present treatment regimen? Sometimes people start with diet, exercise, and weight loss depending upon your present circumstance. If you wish to know how to lower your fasting glucose I would need additional information as noted above. I wish you the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  48. QUESTION:
    Is 95 a normal blood sugar level? My dr said its in the normal range but I wanted to double check?

    • ANSWER:
      70-120 is normal. Generally it's on the lower side until you have eaten then it rises a bit and if you eat sugar then it will rise a lot. As long as it doesn't rise above 120 you are good.

  49. QUESTION:
    what can i do to control blood sugar levels when Im sleeping?
    My BS runs normal (below 120 ) during the day and right before going to bed. However, when I take the reading first thing in the morning it ranges between 140 and 200. Of course when I go in to have the blood work done after a 10 - 12 hour fast the readings are elevated. Ive tried two different drugs (Glucaphage and Micronase)so far from the Dr . It is really buming me out that neither meds have worked. Anybody else out there experience the same thing?

    • ANSWER:
      Eat earlier, less carbs, exercise after eating and experiment with eating a small protein snack before bed. I usually eat a coulple pieces of small cheese, or try some peanut butter, sometimes some small pretzels work too. Diet and exercise will lower fasting blood glucose 58% but Glucophage will only lower it about 31%. Good luck

  50. QUESTION:
    Can weather affect my dog's blood sugar levels?
    I have a 9 year old diabetic dog. I have her on 8 units of NPH insulin twice daily. I typically test her twice a day at random times. Typically, her blood sugar has been failling in the 175-275 range. Yesterday, I preformed a blood sugar curve on her. The blood sugar readings were ranging, on average, 100 "points" above what she typically ranges. Today, it started to rain. I am wondering if the change in atmospheric pressure (causing the rain) could have affected her blood sugar. I plan on doing another blood curve in a few days when there is no rain. Also, I did not change her routine at all. She did not get any extra food or treats than normal. She exercised as normal. Any ideas?
    Also going to add this:
    My vet does not know much about diabetes. Cannot find a vet in the area that knows anything. So, our vet has basically given me the "reigns" to adjust her insulin based on what I feel is right. I know I have to adjust it soon. I just want to rule out possiblities on why her bg was higher than "normal" before I do any adjusting.
    Also, she was diagnosed July 19 of this year. We are currently in the process of regulation. We have changed her diet and adjusted her insulin for that about a month and a half ago. She is 30 pounds. Her starting dose was 4 units BID. We gradually increased it to 8 units BID.

    • ANSWER:
      As silly as it sounds, possibly. I'm a type 1 and the weather can affect my blood sugars. Sometimes I swear the phase of the moon does.

      Call your vet and talk with her too, just to bounce ideas.


Blood Sugar Readings

Diabetic patients do not live an easy life. They have to constantly monitor their glucose levels and keep them controlled. For them, blood glucose monitoring is like a daily affair. They have to deal with several tests, restrictions and medications. The glucose or sugar in the blood requires regular check ups so that it does not get beyond abnormal limits. A freestyle glucose meter enables patients to keep a tab of their glucose levels, and take corrective steps if they find any disparities.

Glucose monitors and freestyle test strips are very convenient way of checking on diabetes. Various manufacturers have come out with such digital glucose monitor meters that very quickly display the glucose levels. These devices are so simple to operate that the patients can take readings by themselves. They do not need to depend on anyone to know their sugar levels. It is not even required for them to visit a clinic or health care center to give their blood sample.

The freestyle glucose meter displays continuous glucose readings. Some models even have a memory to monitor your readings at regular intervals. This way you do not need to write on any paper to keep records. The device will remember your levels in its memory and you can show it to your doctor when it is required. Following are some of its features:

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    why would i get too different blood sugar readings on two different fingers?
    ok i'm not a diabetic but i got a high glucose (fasting) reading once 111 so i test myself periodically to watch my blood sugar and make sure i'm not a pre-diabetic. So today i tested myself on trutrack and tried the one finger and i was 63 and then i tried finger next to it and i was 73. weird-- so i tried again with the same fingers and got 63 and then 79. how can two different fingers on my same hand give me two very different readings ?

    • ANSWER:
      That's a dirty little secret that they don't want to tell you.

      Independent tests verified that those meters can be off by 40 points in some cases. They aren't 100% accurate, despite what they advertise.

      Do not take the readings as 100% accurate. They are only rough.

  2. QUESTION:
    Diabetic and super high blood sugar readings?
    I am Diabetic type 2 and I have had blood sugar readings over 500 at times. The weird thing is that i don't feel any symptoms at all when it is that high. But then when it's low like around 60 I feel the symptoms too much (shaky, confusion, weak)...Is it normal not to feel ANYTHING when your blood sugar is THAT HIGH?

    • ANSWER:
      Symptoms of high and low blood sugar are individual. I had a patient with a blood sugar of 30 once, and he did not know it. And the symptoms can appear if the sugar is falling or rising quickly, too.
      I have patients with blood sugar in the 400s, and they feel no symptoms.

      But 500 is totally too high, and it is a wonder that you are still walking around with that number. You need to get control of your diabetes, while you still have your vision, and your kidneys, and your arms and legs. These things are not a maybe, it is for sure that you will have problems if you do not control your sugars. My nursing instructor had diabetes, was 30 years old, had practiced good control all of her life[ she was diagnosed very early in life], and was beginning to lose her vision.
      Medical science is now proving what we have always known, that uncontrolled diabetes walks hand in hand with heart disease. Got one, will be predisposed to get the other.

      My latest diabetic instructor said that the sugar molecule looks just like a grain of sugar, it is rough and hard, and it literally scrapes its way along in your body, doing damage as it goes. I have not seen any scientific articles that say that, but it is a good way to put it.

      Get to the doctor, get on a regime, and stick with it. I do not want to see you on my ward, with high blood pressure, on dialysis, and missing toes and feet and legs and fingers. And still cheating big time on your diet. One soul had her family bring a can of Planter's mixed nuts to her in the hospital, and they made the mistake of asking me if she could have it. She had had enough calories for the day for 2 mobile people, and she was bedfast. The family was smilingly taught about carbs and calories in nuts, restrained, the can went with me to the nurses station, and instructions left for the staff to dole out one serving instead of her usual snack. Family reported me for not allowing her to have her nuts, the supervisor backed me up. Thanks, Mari! [name has been changed to protect a great supervisor!]

  3. QUESTION:
    Are my blood sugar readings safe or should I see my doctor?
    I am a type 2 diabetic taking Metformin twice a day. When I check my blood sugar it is around 118-125 in the morning when I get up. During the day when I check it it is anywhere from 87-145. Is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes you should see your physician as your readings suggest inadequate glucose control. A non-diabetic's fasting glucose is typically 70 to 100 mg/dL or 3.9 to 5.6 mmol/L. A non-diabetic's post-prandial (after meal or 'random') glucose does not typically exceed 140 mg/dL or 7.8 mmol/L. Please note that I say 'typically' as there will be some variation from day to day. The goal for a diabetic is similar but not necessarily as 'strict'. Physicians often allow diabetics to run slightly higher readings in order to avoid excessive hypoglycemia. Having said that your readings suggest less than optimal control. Since diabetes is a progressive disorder even when well controlled it is important that you see your physician for further instruction. You do not give your dose of metformin hydrochloride but the maximum dosage is 850 mg three times daily so there is likely room to increase your dose. If I may be of further assistance please let me know. I wish you the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  4. QUESTION:
    Splenda giving fasle blood sugar readings?
    Has who consumes Splenda ever experienced having high blood sugar levels after testing? or false readings? I'm not 100% convinced that Splenda does what it claims. I'm close to converting completely to Stevia.

    • ANSWER:
      Splenda is a blend of sucralose and maltodextrin (filler). Sucralose, by itself, is almost exactly like table sugar, but several chlorine atoms substitute for oxygen on the molecule. This keeps the molecular shape that our taste receptors know as "sweet" but makes it impossible for the body to metabolize. So, basically, all of the calories come from the filler, maltodextrin. However, we're talking ~3 calories, per normal serving. That's not enough to raise your blood sugar in any appreciable way, unless you're consuming whole bags of Splenda.

      On the other hand, new research is finding links between the perception of satisfaction, due to "sweetness", and the expected rise in blood sugar. It's quite possible that although you haven't actually consumed sugar, the expectation and the lack of a blood sugar rise may actually induce your liver to produce its own sugar (called gluconeogenesis). That means that chronic use of *any* artificial sweetener may, in some folks, may not provide any tangible benefit.

      So, a high blood sugar level probably isn't due to the Splenda, but to the "short-circuiting" of complex metabolic signals in your body.

  5. QUESTION:
    Is it possible that taking flax seed would lower blood sugar readings in someone with diabetes?
    The reason for my question is that the other day I had an extreme drop in my blood sugar (down to 61) and I had been taking flax seed and this morning I took a large tablespoon of flax seed and about 10:30 a.m. I could feel a low blood sugar situation coming on. It just got me to thinking about it!

    • ANSWER:
      I've been using flax seed oil on some days a teaspoon with every meal and I have not noticed this. Not sure how much difference there would be between the seeds and the oil.
      Kelley misread that article on flax seed. Hyperglycemic is high blood sugar not low.
      The effects of flaxseed on blood glucose levels are not clear, although hyperglycemic effects have been reported in one case series.

  6. QUESTION:
    What is an 83 in blood sugar readings?
    My ma had taken my blood sugar, and she said it was an 83, I had eaten a little. So is that good or bad?

    • ANSWER:
      that is a great reading.

  7. QUESTION:
    Does anyone know if resperdal can affect blood sugar readings?
    My daughter is on this and we have noticed low sugar readings. It kind of worries me.

    • ANSWER:
      Call your drugstore and see your doctor soon..Be carefull. hope your prepared in case of hypoglycema.. the internet may list side effects

  8. QUESTION:
    What are the normal blood sugar readings as many are different?
    Hi all,

    I am from the UK and basically some people have told me under 5 mmol (90mg/dl) but not under 4 mmol (72 mg/dl) is this right if your non diabetic? While others say 4 -7 mmol (4 = 72 and 7 = 126 mg/dl)??

    I get ranges from 5.1 mmol (91.8 mg/dl) to 8 mmol (144 mg/dl), but I have been told I am non diabetic even though one morning I woke up and my reading was 7.7 mmol (138.6 mg/dl) which I know isnt good but I went for a walk and it went to 5.1 mmol (91.8 mg/dl) I have never had under 5 mmol (90 mg/dl).
    I tested myself as 1) I suffer from PCOS and 2) It runs in my family and 3) when I tested myself in the morning after fasting it was 7.7 which is shouldnt have been, therefore I tested myself again.
    Also I just want to know what the true readings are as some peoples are different I dont want to know about me.

    • ANSWER:
      Fasting blood sugar should be less than 5.6 mmol/L (less than 100 mg/dL) and Post prandial blood sugar should be less than 7.7 mmol/L (140 mg/dL)
      For pre diabetics, fasting blood sugar is between 5.6 to 6.9 mmol/L (100 to 125 mg/dL) and post prandial blood sugar is between 7.7 to 11.0 mmol/L (140 to 199 mg/dL).
      Post prandial means blood sugar taken 2 hours after taking food.
      It appears that you will come under prediabetic condition.

  9. QUESTION:
    Why am I getting two completely different blood sugar readings on two different machines. 110 /142?
    I am not a diabetic but I was checking out a new machine for my husband and my reading was 110, on his old machine (seconds after the first test) the reading was 142. How could it be so different?

    • ANSWER:
      I am a type 1 diabetic and I have about 6 or 7 different meters. All different brands. Bayer Contour, Relion, a couple Freestyles. I frequently test on all meters and I always have at least a 10-20 point difference. Though it's not uncommon to have a 30-40 point difference. I know it's hard to believe, but these machines are not 100% accurate. I found this out when I started pump therapy. I tested my blood on my new pump and I was high 300's and I was like, WHAT?! Tested on my old machine and I was only mid to high 200's. I was getting a 70-90 point difference. I have found that the higher your numbers are, the bigger difference you will get. But even with low numbers you will often have different readings. When I am running about 120 on my pump, I am about 90 on my Contour. I have told this to my endo and several diabetes nurses and the only thing they tell me is to use the control solution and make sure the meter is calibrated. I have done that and I still get various readings. I just chalk it up to the meters not being 100% accurate.

  10. QUESTION:
    Can someone who is a non-diabetic experience blood sugar readings as though they are diabetics?
    For instance, if someone doesn't eat all day..can they get a hypoglycemic reading as a diabetic would? Same for hyperglycemia if too much sugar is ingested? Or does the non-diabetic body just handle it and balance it? I've heard of people who have hypoglycemia but not diabetes..how does this work?

    • ANSWER:
      If someone hasn't eaten in a long time, their body should start breaking down it's "glucose stores," and their blood sugar readings should be normal.

      If someone has just eaten a bunch of sugar, it can temporarily elevate their blood sugar. However, it should be normalized within 2 HOURS. If it is still elevated, that could indicate diabetes or pre-diabetes.

      There are a few studies about a condition called "reactive hypoglycemia," which is when people who are not diabetic have hypoglycemia after not eating for a while. Doctors thought this was false at first, but it has actually been shown in research. The basis behind it is that too much insulin is released too late, so there is a rapid drop in blood glucose levels a few hours after eating. So, these people are not diabetic, but they do experience symptoms of hypoglycemia--nausea/vomiting, fatigue, headaches, irritability, shakes. It can be easily cured by food--and this is how you can determine if they are diabetic or just having reactive hypoglycemia (because a diabetic needs food and insulin).

  11. QUESTION:
    How can moderate dehydration affect blood sugar readings?
    Just curious...still learning.

    • ANSWER:
      To be honest I don't know what it does to your blood sugar readings but I can tell you dehydration is very bad. If I am dehydrated it's because my sugars have run too high. Drinking water is very important keep some water with you at all times if possible.

  12. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings are lower 2 hours after eating than after fasting for 14 hours. What does this mean?
    This person is not diabetic but is classified as "Pre - Diabetes..."impaired glucose"

    • ANSWER:
      It would seem that the pancreas built up some steam there and kept pumping out a little extra insulin.

      Another explanation would be that you did some form of exercise after you ate.

      About your fasting: if you ate any fat for up to 3 days before checking your fasting numbers, your fasting numbers can be a little higher than normal.

  13. QUESTION:
    my dr. increased my insulin and now my blood sugar readings are over 200 in the morning. i also take metformin?
    at night before bedtime. i called the dr. today and she is out for the day. should i go to the emergency room?

    • ANSWER:
      It is 13 hours after your question was posted. I hope you did not run to the ER for this, as this is a far cry from an emergency. Fine-tuning of insulin or metformin should be done by your regular physician.... the ER physician will simply give you a small dose of insulin and send you home.

  14. QUESTION:
    type 2 question about blood sugar readings?
    i know that your suppose to test your blood sugar 2 hours after we eat. but i dont understand exactly why. can someone explain that to me?

    • ANSWER:
      Blood glucose numbers goes up when we eat, but generally will come back to a normal range within two hours, unless the diabetic's blood glucose is out of control.

      This can help the doctor to determine if any adjustments need to be made in medications, and lets the diabetic know if there is a problem. In other words, it is just a part of how we manage our diabeties.

  15. QUESTION:
    Does these blood sugar readings mean I could have diabetes?
    I'm overweight and my mom has Type 2 diabetes....so tonight I tested my blood sugar using a friend's meter.

    The first time was about an hour after I had eaten something and was 156.

    We tested it again about an hour later and it was 141.

    So it was going down.... I know it can be higher after you eat, but how long is the post-meal time range? Are these numbers cause for concern?

    thanks...

    • ANSWER:
      You should talk to a Dr. just to be sure.......one thing you can do that you haven't is to take a fasting blood sugar reading.
      Do this when you first awake or as soon as you can after awakening. Your reading should be approx 110 or lower.
      Good Luck.

  16. QUESTION:
    Is it significant if blood sugar readings?
    fluctuate after eating, for example: I'll eat, then test at 30 mins. and the reading is 94, then test at 60 mins. and the reading is like 79, then at 90 mins. or 120 mins. it would be 110?
    Thanks for the answers. I know that numbers are okay and within range, but, specifically, I wondered about the fact that it goes up, then down, then up again.

    My brain/body does feel weird during the up and down slopes.

    • ANSWER:
      To get an accurate reading, you are supposed to test 2 hours after any carbs. Anything less is likely going to read as a false high.

  17. QUESTION:
    While fasting is blood sugar readings of 110 normal for a 13 year old girl?

    • ANSWER:
      It doesn't appear to be out of the 80-120 range. I would continue to monitor her readings, and should they get extremely high, then I would have her checked out by a physcian. ------------------------

  18. QUESTION:
    Anyone else getting erroneous blood sugar readings from the TrueTrack glucose monitor??
    within 2 minutes, I had 1 reading of 20, another of 129. Once a reading of 135 when I knew my sugar was low. 2 minutes later, it said 50. I have had readings vary as much as 140 points when checked against my FreeStyle monitor. These things seem to me to be worthless.
    strips and machine are new and properly stored since I received them
    strips are provided by my HMO(HUMANA). Quality of strips is very suspect at this point

    • ANSWER:
      Buying supplies from an On-Line wholesale warehouse is a dangerous and costly mistake. The meter's are cheap copies and strips are probably not controlled properly. I suggest that people get the best products available so that each strip is 100% accurate and you avoid re-test 2, 3 or 4 at a time. The Accu-Check brand is the best and most trusted name on the market.

  19. QUESTION:
    blood sugar readings all over the place or what?
    checked my sugar about 2 hours ago and it was 85 well i thought it was low so i drank a large glass of milk and it went up to 156 about an hour ago and i just got done checking it to make sure it went donw a little and its 97 ......could the readings change this much in so little time? is it my meter or could it be something wrong?
    I am prediabetic

    • ANSWER:
      It seems normal. Between 80 and 120 is normal, but when you drink milk, it contains sugar, therefore, you see a spike in your sugar levels. Perfectly normal. Your body processed the sugar from the milk, so now you're back down to a normal rate!

  20. QUESTION:
    what do you eat or drink to lower blood sugar when readings are high?

    i have typ 2 and i take pills twice a day. morning and evening before meals and insulin shots before going to bed per doctors orders. was told to keep count as close to 100 as i can. last night around 7 pm reading was 245, this morning at 7:30 reading was 150. told it was suppossed to be around 90 for morning reading.

    • ANSWER:
      If you suffer from highhighhigh levels of bloodbloodblood sugarsugarsugar, you may be more likely to develop serious health conditions, such as infections, bloodbloodblood clotting, and the inability of cuts and wounds to heal. HighHighHigh sugarsugarsugar levels in the bloodbloodblood can also lead to conditions such as diabetes. Fortunately, there are some steps you can take to lowerlowerlower bloodbloodblood sugarsugarsugar levels.

      An easy way to lowerlowerlower bloodbloodblood sugarsugarsugar levels is to stay fit and healthy. Regular exercise not only helps lowerlowerlower bloodbloodblood sugarsugarsugar levels, but also helps fight infections. Staying active and taking regular exercise can also help with bloodbloodblood pressure problems. Exercise also helps control the body's weight and regulate cholesterol levels.
      http://www.wisegeek.com/how-can-i-lower-my-blood-sugar.htm

  21. QUESTION:
    If you are NOT diabetic, what should your average daily blood sugar readings be?
    For example, after you get up (fasting), after eating, and just generally all day long.....thank you.
    I may be pre-diabetic, so my doctor just has me taking my levels all day long for now.....they always seem to be close to 100 or have an average of around that, but they obviously go up after eating, but never over 200
    I did actually have the ac1 test, and it was 6.4
    And the fasting test was 85

    • ANSWER:
      I am in the Medical Field

      Your A1C is Normal
      Your Fasting Test is Normal

      Anything 118 and below is Normal

      You do NOT have precursor for diabetes

      My ex is a diabetic and I specialized in diabetes patients during my Internship

  22. QUESTION:
    I have an Aunt who has blood sugar readings of 135 and one time it was 150.Does this mean she has Diabetes?
    She claims her readings are from eating sweets and insists she doesn't have the disease.We have a history of it in our family.

    • ANSWER:
      Probably. Even after eating sweets your blood sugar should not be that high in a person without Diabetes. She may be in an early phase of this disease and should be evaluated by an endrocrinologist. Blood sugar levels can be controlled by diet, exercise and weight loss. I suspect that she may have a problem with the diet part since she has had 2 elevated levels already and also a denial problem as well. She needs to learn to control this before it controls her. Good luck

  23. QUESTION:
    What would give a few false high blood sugar readings?

    • ANSWER:
      yes

  24. QUESTION:
    What are normal readings for blood sugar 2 hours after eating?
    I just started taking sblood sugar reading 2 hours after meals and I'm confused as to what the range should be.

    • ANSWER:
      Please do not take this response as the 'right' response. I am going to assume you are talking type 2. My 2 year old is a type 1 so things are a little different but when it comes to BG we all want the same target #'s: 80-120 is perfect. My son uses Humalog insulin which is fast acting but takes three hours to have its full affect. I am not sure what meds/insulin you are using but I am assuming that the reaction time is going to make a huge difference.

      This website (the ADA) has been a godsend for us: http://www.diabetes.org/about-diabetes.jsp
      this link will take you right to the begining and will explain a lot. There are also message boards for every type of diabetic and they are great support systems. It is nice to talk w/ someone who knows just what you are going through.

  25. QUESTION:
    I am recently diagnosed with Type II Diabetes.I am confused with my blood sugar readings.?
    Today I checked blood sugar at 6:45am, it was 148.I did work out for 45minutes and then I checked my blood sugar at 8:45am, it was 204 and again I checked at 11:00am,then also it was 207.I don't understand why it is increasing.I know that blood sugar will inc. immediately but it should decrease at least after one hour.Please if any one experience or if anyone heard about this,reply me.
    all those readings are fasting.I ate nothing.

    • ANSWER:
      I have type 11 diabetes.

      When testing blood sugar it should be done after fasting for at least 6 hours.

      The next type of testing is done 2 or 3 hours after a meal.

      If you are just testing randomly then you are not getting true readings.

      Blood sugar levels change ever minute.

      If you are not testing after a meal or after fasting you are not getting true readings.
      Hope this helps.

      Peace and Happiness.

  26. QUESTION:
    Is blood sugar readings from 70 to 180 two hrs. later normal?
    Mom has Type 2 diabetes, has blood sugar reading of below 80 and sometimes below 70 in mornings. Eats Cheerios, w/soy milk or 2% milk, 1 piece toast w/margarine, tomato juice, and green tea. Takes her diabetes medication, Metformin. Her reading before lunch is 180. Why such a jump? Is this normal? Anyone else experience this?
    She is allowed 60 carbs. per meal, and her wheat bread is only 14 carbs per slice, 3 or 6 carbs for 1/2 c. of soymilk or 2% milk, 22 carbs for 1 cup of Cheerios, and 5 carbs for 1/2 cup tomato juice. So, she's having around 47 carbs total. She's suppose to test before lunch, 2-3 hours later, and can't understand why it is so high. Her medication is in pill form, not injections.

    • ANSWER:
      Blood Sugar Management
      http://www.dlife.com/dLife/do/ShowContent/blood_sugar_management/

      Diet Guidelines
      http://www.diabetes911.net/readit/chapter10.shtml

  27. QUESTION:
    blood sugar readings?
    my blood sugar readings have ranged 150-200 points.
    for intense,
    one time i checked it, and it was 423, but i tested it again, and it read 236.
    what could this mean?
    (i washed my hands before each use, each reading was secounds between eachother, it was a new teststrip, but it wasn't a new landset.)
    ummmm...
    im a diabetic already...

    • ANSWER:
      If these readings ar correct, you are almost certainly diabetic. You should visit a doctor and ask him to check your hemoglobin (Hb1ac), which will tell him whether or not you need regular medication.

  28. QUESTION:
    question about blood sugar readings?
    im confused about something. day to day my blood sugar readings are so up and down. im a type 2 on metformin twice a day. somdays it seems like im always on the low end and other days it seems like im always on the high end. ill go through phases that for days it seems like i can eat whatever i want and i wont see readings over 100. other days i look at a french fry or anything bad its high. i could be doing the same amount of activity and day to day things and it will still be like this. yesterday i cheated a little and ate french fries from arbys. my blood sugar readings were really high for me all day cause of that. today i followed my "diet" and for dinner i ate a crap load. piece of lasagna, piece of bread, a salad. then for dessert i had a big piece of apple carmel pie. on the label it was 35 carbs alone. i checked my blood sugar 2 hours later thinking im going to pay for it and it was only 103? nothing different as far as activity or anything from yesterday? why is this?
    i do watch what i eat for the most part. once in a while i "cheat" and my eat things i really shouldnt. i exercise often. im really active at work. i do mix my diet with alot of protein and longer active carbs as well. but i just dont understand why its so up and down..

    • ANSWER:
      Exact Information Readabouthealth dot com or AmericanVistas dot com .Hope on net info might give u better solution.

  29. QUESTION:
    confused about blood sugar readings?
    i was diagnosed with type 2 diabetes a year ago. no one i know has it and no one in my family has it. so when i have questions, no matter how confusing they can be, the only person i have to ask is my doctor.

    when i was diagnosed, i saw all the doctors.. i talked to a specialist and a nutritionist.. they told me how to control my blood sugar and what they wanted it to be.. once in a while i see questions on here or i might talk to someone who has diabetes, and i hear all kinds of crazy stuff. when i was diagnosed in the doctors office, my blood sugar was almost 300. ever since the meds, i havent seen any high numbers unless i know i ate or did something i knew i shouldnt. live and learn lol.. but the other day i was getting my hair done and i was talking to a women that said her normal blood suar readings are between 300-400 and when she was diagnosed it was amost 1000? i have talked to others that have told me crazy numbers anywhere from 400-500. so high that they wont read on a meter.

    when im talking to people like this, is there numbers so high because there blood sugars are not under control? alot of people im running into with diabetes are really really overweight. will a persons "normal" range be different from person to person? is a persons "normal" range different if there a type 1 or type 2? at what range is your blood sugar numbers dangerous?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal range is 80 to 120. According to the American Diabetes Association, anything over 7 on a hemoglobin a1c (an average blood sugar of more than 150) for a long time increases risk of complications and early death.

      Anyone who runs 300 all the time is putting their body and health at risk. 400 or more puts you at risk for your body shutting down and possible death from ketoacidosis (means acid blood as your blood gets acidic). It sounds like these folks do not understand their diabetes and should go back to the doctor.

      Sounds like you are doing the things you need to in order to control your diabetes, great job! You understand when your numbers are high that you changed something in your care and that affected your sugar. Keep learning and taking care of yourself, you are doing great!

  30. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings of over 20mmoh/L during night in 7year old?
    hi my childs blood sugar reading nearly every night is over 20mmoh/L. she is on an insulin plan, and takes her insulin accordingly like she is supposed to. And her sugars are still on the high side even during the day, her doses are constantly being put up, sometimes pulled back if she's had some lows etc. Any time i've checked her blood sugar during the night (maybe after 10 or 11pm,) when she is sleeping it is nearly always above 20mmoh/L. I know i don't need to be checking it during the night but since i've saw these high numbers during the night i've decided to keep track of them. I've mentioned this to her diabetic doctor and she has said, well since she's coming in within normal range in the mornings then its ok.
    But surley this cannot be right for her body? Does or will this cause some internal damage if it continue's. I understand they cannot make her pm dose any higher as she does come in low in the mornings if they do this but surely sugar readings of over 20 during the night is not ok?

    • ANSWER:
      20 mmol/L is 360 mg/dL. That is most definitely not OK. If your daughter's physician tells you that such a reading is acceptable then I would find another physician. A non-diabetic's fasting glucose is typically 3.9 to 5.6 mmol/L or 70 to 100 mg/dL. A non-diabetic's glucose at other times during the day or night does not typically exceed 7.8 mmol/L or 140 mg/dL. Physicians will allow a diabetic slightly higher readings to avoid excessive hypoglycemia but your daughter's readings are well beyond any reasonable value. Higher glucose levels means a higher probability of so-called end-organ damage. The most common areas of damage are the cardiovascular system, the eyes, the kidneys, and the nerves. Your daughter should be getting a glycated hemoglobin A1C every 3 months. The A1C gives the 90 day mean (average) glucose. The goal for a diabetic is 6.5% which approximates a 90 day mean glucose of 7.8 mmol/L or 141 mg/dL. I am certain that your daughter's will be much higher. Type 1 diabetics require basal and bolus insulin. Only so-called analog insulins should be used at this time. The basal analog insulins are detemir (Levemir), glargine (Lantus), and glulisine (Apidra). The bolus analog insulins are aspart (NovoLog) and lispro (Humalog). There are also combination analog insulins although I do not use these in type 1 diabetics. The combination analog insulins are Humalog Mix and NovoLog Mix. If your daughter is on a different form of insulin that may be part of the problem. I am sorry to say that your daughter's glucose readings cause me a great deal of concern. Just because her fasting glucose is supposedly normal does not mean that it is normal throughout the day which obviously it is not. A type 1 diabetic should be taking their glucose readings prior to each meal and prior to bedtime. There will also be times when a 2 hour post-prandial reading must be taken. I know that I have very little information but what little I know suggests that your daughter has rather poor diabetic control and this must be addressed. If I may be of further assistance please let me know. I wish you the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  31. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar readings normal Without my diabetic tablets?
    hi, i was diagnosed 1 year ago with type 2 diabetes. After trying diet and excersise. my blood tests revealed I would need tablets to gain control. I was put on glucophage 500mg x3 daily. Over the last few weeks i cannot take my tablets daily without going 'low'. Even when i don't take my meds my readings are nearly always under 7mmoh/L. Do you think i can now be at a stage i can stop the tablets? I know i have to see my gp and have scheduled an appointment for next week, but what do you think? I have been watching my diet alot more lately and have cut out an unhealthy 'snacks' i used to eat too. I didn't really decide one day to stop my meds, i actually forgot to take them, and was taking my morning tablet but all day then i would feel 'low' just before my meals, and my sugar readings at these times were between 5-6 mmoh/L. But my fasting one when i wake is nearly always 7 or at highest 7.5mmoh/L

    • ANSWER:
      No do stop. Metformin does not make you go Hypoglycemic. You probably will have to change eating habits . Maybe 5 or 6 very small meals a day. Also you need to be on a low carb diet. I think you may be spiking glucose levels and then to much insulin is being released . Also don't stop the exercise. Daily .
      Here are some tips for you . I would be willing to bet that the below will relieve your problem.

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels.
      Here are the 4 keys:
      1) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      2) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don't need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      3)diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can't count carbs so I use Mendosa's Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      4) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.

      Try it , it will work. The Mendosa's diet you will learn in one week what to eat and what not to eat and how much. You will then for life , have no problems with food. Great for the whole family.

      Take care

      Tin

  32. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar readings for being a pre-diabetic?
    I got diagnosed with pre-diabetes not too long ago and I have done what the doctor said and watched my diet and exercise. I have also been monitoring my blood sugar levels. Some have come out in the 130's a few hours after eating and some have come out in the 60's. The lowest I have gotten so far is 58. Is it possible for someone with pre-diabetes to have low readings also? I usually don't feel too weird when I get low readings but when I get in the 130's I start feeling lightheaded, dizzy, and my breathing gets harder and faster.

    • ANSWER:
      there is a really good web site that you can visit that tell you all kinds of things about diabetics it is www.dlife.com

  33. QUESTION:
    Can you be diagnosed with Diabetes without having high blood sugar readings?
    I was diagnosed with Insulin Resistance about a year ago. I went to the doctor complaining of weight gain, inability to lose weight with diet and exercise, and feelings of low blood sugar. My fasting blood sugar was 70, but my insulin readings were high. My HA1C was 5.4%. The highest blood sugar post meal in that period was 90 (on average about 80-85). After a few months of watching my diet and exercise, no weight lost, no change insulin levels, my doctor put me on Glucophage. With that and a lower carb diet, the scale is finally moving in the right direction. HA1C was 5.0% at last check, fasting blood sugar is about 80, and post meal 85-90 (highest has been 100). No more reactive hypoglycemia. My question, though is that I went to a diabetes educator the other day and she suggests that even though my doctor and endocrinologist are telling me that I'm still "merely" Insulin Resistant, that I am probably in fact diabetic. Can I be diabetic without high blood sugar readings?

    • ANSWER:
      Interesting. When you had an A1c of 5.4% (not diabetic, but elevated) and high serum insulin levels, you also had normal fasting and post-meal blood sugar readings. I assume that you were testing your two-hour post-meal blood sugar, right? With an A1c that high, your one-hour spikes after meals must have been quite high. A fasting of 70 with hypoglycemia and normal two-hour numbers (<90 mg/dL) should have produced an A1c much lower (<5.0%). Obviously, though, you were experiencing high blood sugar at some point - probably at one hour after eating.

      So, to answer your question, yes, you could be prediabetic, possibly diabetic. Why? Because one blood sugar test is just a snapshot in time, not a reflection of what your blood sugar is doing all the time. The A1c tells the story, and yours was approaching prediabetic range. Also, I don't think you're testing your blood sugar an hour after eating. For example, if you eat a sandwich and spike over 200 at one hour and then drop to 95 at two hours, you'd never know from your two-hour reading that you were so high. Also, these rapid drops, while not hypoglycemic, can make you feel hypoglycemic. I have to wonder if that's why you felt hypoglycemic with normal numbers and an elevated A1c - because you were spiking high and dropping to normal very quickly. That would make anyone feel like crap.

  34. QUESTION:
    Why did I receive 2 different blood sugar readings?
    I took my blood sugar around 3 pm today and I took another one about 2 minutes later using the same machine. I use the Prodigy Autocode meter. This is a no coding glucose monitor. My first reading was 110 and the second reading was 144. I don't understand why there was a big discrepancy in the blood sugar levels within a 2 minute time frame. I want to monitor my blood sugar closely and I need to make sure I am having accurate readings. Can anyone tell me why I had this problem and what can I do in the future.

    • ANSWER:
      Home glucose meters are fun, aren't they? In truth, most glucose meters are accurate enough for our purposes - testing, not diagnosis. Unfortunately, though, this variability could be considered totally within the meter's normal range of accuracy.

      The reality is that, if you test your five fingers on your right hand one minute apart, you'll probably get five different readings. Some may be close; some may be 30 points off.

      You should call your meter company to complain, though. I did this once for a 40-point discrepancy and the woman over the phone told me that it was within the meter's range and there was nothing she could do.

      Because you're a Type 1 and on insulin, I understand why you want to pinpoint the number as close as you can; however, that's just impossible. Unless you have reason to believe your first number is inaccurate, go with the first reading you see. Or you could go crazy like I do, test a third time, and then average them. :D

      Also, blood sugar is constantly changing. One reading is just an isolated moment in time.

  35. QUESTION:
    What do you think of these blood sugar readings?
    I was thinking about starting a log so that I can show them to my doctor. Do you think that this is a good idea, or will they just want to run their own tests? I have not been diagnosed with diabetes, but have been diagnosed with pre diabetes. I have been checking my blood sugar lately. These are my readings from today: Fasting blood sugar first thing after waking up was 144. Approx. 2 hours after eating lunch it was 259. Before eating supper, it was 183. Two hours after eating supper, it was 207.
    I took a home a1c test, and it was 7.2.
    I take metformin 500 mg twice daily because I have PCOS.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugar is high and abnormal and it definitely sounds like you have diabetes.

      Normal is 80-100 fasting and under 140, 2 hours after eating. Normal A1C is up to 6.5. Your A1C is definitely diabetic.

      Keeping a log is good. You should also note down what you ate at each meal, because it will help you to understand better how various foods affect you, and that will make it easier to manage your blood sugar.

  36. QUESTION:
    Can someone tell me if these blood sugar readings are normal for a person not diagnosed diabetic or on insulin?
    I'm not sure if my readings are making much since, it seems sometimes my blood sugar is higher prior to eating then goes down after I eat...is this normal? I have not been diagnosed w/ diabetes but am wondering if I do have it or am prediabetic, so I bought a tester to monitor myself.

    Also, note I eat a gluten free diet (and low low carbs due to this)...that mean no breads, pastas, cereal, nothing with wheat. So I am basically eating only fruits, veggies, and meat...and vitamins. So given that please realize my numbers are pretty much as good as they get for me.

    Here are my readings, I've only been doing them a few days.

    First reading was in the middle of the day (4pm) and it was 155...then at 8pm before eating it was 109, two hours after eating it was 101.

    Next day:
    12pm fasting reading was at 112 then 2 hrs after eating 98
    4pm reading before eating 96 then 2 hrs after eating 117
    10pm reading before eating 100 then 2 hrs after eating 93

    Next day (today):
    10 pm fasting reading 111, then 2 hrs after eating 143
    4:30pm before eating 103, then 2 hrs after eating 103
    I'm not going to eat anymore today so I didn't do an evening test

    • ANSWER:
      Fruits have a form of sugar in them and it can raise your sugar. Are you taking any medications? Sometimes something as simple as a multivitamin can cause your blood sugar to rise. Injury to your body can cause it to elevate. Stress can cause your blood sugar to go up. Also, as you see, your blood sugar goes up and down all day long.

      If you want a diagnosis, go to your doctor and request a "fasting blood sugar." I think there is another one, but I can't remember the name of it.

      I don't suggest not eating at nighttime, because your pancreas releases insulin in the early morning of our sleep cycle...starvation, as you can see would be an issue....making your blood sugar TOO low. Not good.

      If you are not diabetic, why are you testing your sugar? Just curious.

  37. QUESTION:
    Which finger gives the lowest blood sugar readings?
    No good giving me examples of blood sugar readings unless you are in Australia. We have a different system to the US and I don't know how to convert. I read that in the US 74 is a low reading, where if we tested at 74 we'd be dead! Being gestational diabetic, I'm meant to be keeping mine under 6.5
    How many of you respondants are actually diabetic? It is possible to get different readings in different fingers, even from different veins in the same finger. I wouldn't ask this question if I had not experienced this! I always get higher readings from my middle finger, and the other day I did one reading that gave me 8.2 and a mere 5 seconds later in a different finger gave me 6.4

    Kiwee: 6.5 does make sense. That's the current recommendation for gestational diabetes, unfortunately. I'm trying to keep off insulin, but I don't think I'll be able.

    • ANSWER:
      no finger gives a lowest reading.....your blood sugar will rarely come up the same number even if take blood from the same poke used for the first blood glucose reading..........

  38. QUESTION:
    Diabetes rookie here .. What are your thoughts of these blood sugar readings?
    I’ve been borderline diabetic for years, and with it running on both sides of the family – it’s just a matter of when and not if. From taking blood sugar readings the past few weeks however, I have made an appointment with my doctor. Pre-breakfast readings are typically around 175. But, by evening time (right before I eat dinner) they have been closer to 130 range. Is it normal to go down during the day? (I eat a normal lunch and am sure it increases due to that meal)

    At bedtime, after dinner and bedtime snacks (gotta quit doing that I know), it’s much higher of course – 240-250 range. Is it even ‘accurate’ to take a test right after eating?

    Just wanting any thoughts from all of you who have much more experience at this than I do. Thanks for your time. FYI – I’m a 50 year old male, need to lose 10-15 pounds, but otherwise pretty healthy. Thanks again!

    • ANSWER:
      I think it's good that you're seeing your doctor soon. Those readings are full-blown diabetic. Fasting levels 126 mg/dL and over in a doctor's office are in diabetic range. Any random reading over 200 mg/dL is also considered diabetic.

      It's normal for blood sugar to be lower during the day. Many diabetics struggle with high morning numbers due to Dawn Phenomenon - that's when the liver pumps out glucose in preparation for the waking hours or after a long fast in order to give you energy and prevent your blood sugar from dropping too low. This occurs in diabetics and non-diabetics alike, but diabetics don't have enough accessible insulin to compensate for the rise in blood glucose.

      That being said, it's never normal or healthy for fasting blood sugar to be 175 mg/dL. The American Association of Endocrinologists recommends that diabetics aim for fasting blood sugar <110 mg/dL and after-meal blood sugar (1-2 hours after) <140 mg/dL.

      Any time you test is accurate, but the information you get will be different. Testing 1 hour or so after eating will usually be your highest after-meal blood sugar. Testing 2-4 hours out will tell you how quickly you're returning to normal, so they should be lower. Despite this, ideally your spikes wouldn't be over 140 mg/dL.

      Diabetics should aim to achieve blood sugar as close to normal as possible to avoid diabetic complications. With many of your readings being between 130-250, you are at risk for complications at this point. I don't know if you're dieting or on medication, but low carbing and Metformin could make a world of difference. I certainly couldn't control my blood sugar without both.

      P.S. After meal snacks are okay sometimes. You're not really overweight. WHAT you eat matters, though. High-carb snacks like cookies, chips, and crackers are only going to drive up your morning blood sugar. Try a handful of almonds and couple slices of your favorite hard cheese.

  39. QUESTION:
    my blood sugar readings keep climbing, now at 468 then 402, cannot see doctor, what to do?
    should i somehow not eat? anything, a sandwich, sends me soaring. when i inject prescribed insuline doses of 43u lantus at night and 12u humalog plain with meals. no help these days. very little anyway. i seem to be growing immune to insulin. i suspect the insulin on ignites my appetite. i cannot go to bed (3 a.m.) without a cheeseburger. i struggle with insomnia and hungar. any very serious input will be appreciated. this is no joke.

    • ANSWER:
      you are creating your own problems here, and it is likely due to a lack of knowledge about your disease process. You still in denial? Let me urge you to make an appointment with a nutritionist or a diabetic educator. Learn how to better control your disease process.

  40. QUESTION:
    When do you take blood glucose readings?
    I need to take blood sugar readings first thing in the morning and one hour after each meal. But how do I determine when I'm due to take blood after the meal? Say I eat lunch at 12:00pm and I finish at 12:30pm. Do I take my blood at 1:00pm or 1:30pm?

    • ANSWER:
      The 1 hour is really just a ballpark, so pick one and stick with it.

      At the 1h mark, I'd stick with "one hour after your last bite of food" just so that you can be reasonably consistent.

      As our blood sugar changes and spikes at different times depending entirely on what we ate, testing at the one hour mark is more for trending purposes than any solid data gathering. So really, just pick one and stick with it.

      Most trends that I've seen say the peak occurs at 45-90 minutes after the first bite of food, so going for the solid 60m reading, I'd do 60m after the last bite, as it should keep you consistently within that 45-90m range.

      Good luck to you.

      Edit: It doesn't matter when you take it, taking it at different times will provide different data sets. Shooting for 1h after meals is usually looking for your "peak" blood sugar, where as taking it 2h after meals is usually trying to determine whether or not you've returned to baseline. For T1's, 1h after meals tends to allow you more control, as you begin seeing the trend sooner and can make any necessary corrections sooner.

      While trying to get a good handle on the way my sugar acts, I would test fasting, before meals, 1h after, and 2h after meals. You begin to see the trends, when you peak, when you begin to return to baseline, what your baseline is, etc. It really gives you a good idea of how different kinds of foods affect you and allows you to make more precise changes to your diet or medication needs. I'd do the same with exercise -- test 1h and 2h after exercise to see how the exercise affected me.

      It was a crap-load of testing at first, but now that I have a pretty good understanding of the way my blood sugar trends, I test far less frequently.

      Anyway.. sorry about the rant. :)

  41. QUESTION:
    Why do I feel like I am starving when I am am burning fat and why is my blood sugar still high?
    I am not eating carbs. I am trying to keep my blood sugar low. Even though I am burning fat (look slimmer) why am I still getting high blood sugar readings? They are often 135-140. I am a type two diabetic.

    If I am not taking in carbs then why is the sugar still a bit high?
    Yes I am on medication. I just want to know why these things happen. If you knew anything about diabetes you would know that eating carbs is NOT good for diabetics so please do not give me crap and tell me to go to the doctor. I have already done that. Thanks.
    I have also worked in health care closely with diabetics for 12 years. Please do not answer the question if you are going to tell me to go to the doctor. It is stupid to assume that getting opinions on things like this is a bad thing. Other diabetics usually know more about diabetes than doctors do. Mainly because they have a reason to study it instead of looking into a small book and shoving you on more medications.

    • ANSWER:
      Not all of the glucose in your blood comes from carbohydrate intake. Your liver produces glucose which it assembles from stored glycogen. Even when you eat no carbs whatsoever, your liver can manage to come up with some because your body requires it for fuel (especially your brain).

      If your tissues are insulin resistant, which is usually the case with T2 diabetes, the glucose stays in the blood and can't be taken up into the tissues, which are "starving" for it. Thus you feel hungry.

      Most mainstream medical people feel that being in a state of ketosis, which happens in the absence of carbs, is unhealthy. That is debatable.

      However, what is not debatable is that it's not healthy to have high blood sugar, no matter what the reason. If your fasting blood sugar is consistently above 125, then you really do need to change something.

  42. QUESTION:
    How does breakfast affect blood sugar levels?
    I conducted an experiment taking blood sugar readings of my class mates and recording if they had breakfast or not. The problem is that I need secondary data to write the evaluation, but I cant find any raw data on google!!! So I was wondering if you have any links, or had conducted the experiment yourself to use your data.
    I was thinking of making up the results but in my school we had to sign a form after our experiment to verify known of our results were made up :(

    • ANSWER:
      http://www.whathealth.com/glycemicindex/measurement.html

      that's a website with a couple graphs to show you a bit about glycemic index. When you eat, your blood sugar rises as the food is absorbed. It doesn't happen all at once- it happens over time, and the graph of blood sugar rising and falling after a meal looks like a hill.

      How fast or slow and how much your blood sugar rises after eating depends a great deal on your personal body, what you ate, and how much you ate. The best experimental results of yours would have been to record WHAT and how much everyone ate.

      Foods with a high glycemic index have lots of sugar and are absorbed very quickly, and you get a high spike in blood sugar readings. (bread, candy, etc)
      Foods with a low glycemic index are low in sugar and are absorbed very slowly (usually because they have a lot of fiber and take a long time for the body to break down) this includes things like veggies, beans, whole grains etc.

      A person's normal baseline bloodsugar (or fasting blood sugar level) will be very differnt from another person. A health person without diabetes should have fasting (not eating breakfast) blood sugar levels less than 100, but greater than 70. Any sugar level much lower than 70 is starting to be too low, and you risk fainting, coma, and death.

      After eating, depending on the type and amount of food, a person's blood sugar could jump up to as high as 200-300.

      If a person has diabetes, their fasting blood glucose levels might be as high as 400 or 500, and after they eat the numbers could get as high as 900-1000. That's for pretty severe diabetes, however, and a normal diabetic would have post-breakky levels between 400-500.

  43. QUESTION:
    Low Blood Sugar Readings and Chest Pain?
    so, today i got a reading of lo, 61, and 36 on my glucometer. now i'm having chest pain when i breathe in, and i have a massive headache. is this normal for being as low as i was today?

    • ANSWER:
      Those readings are too low. How is your diet? If it is not working you need a different concept. Find out your blood type and read Eat Right 4 Your Type by Dr. Peter D'Adamo. It changed my life, I will never leave this lifestyle. Feel soooo good.

  44. QUESTION:
    Diabetes: Blood tests don't reflect daily blood sugar readings?
    I'm 30 & I've been a T2 diabetic for 7 years now. My a1c's have always been good but at one point I let taking care of it slide. Since I'm looking at having another baby in the next 2 years I want to make sure I had everything under control. I started seeing a very reputable endo. I got back to testing my blood sugars every day like I should & taking my meds (Metformin 1500 mg/day)

    But I'm alarmed at my daily numbers. I'm RARELY below 200. Most often 200-300+. A big time fast might leave me around 150. But when I met with my endo a few weeks ago he said my a1c was only 6.4. I thought it's impossible! But he said my fructosamine was about normal. He thinks I shouldn't have readings as high as I do. He switched my Accu chek Aviva with a brand new meter & wants me to check using the new monitor. But I'm getting the same exact readings.

    I'm worried with the real high #'s. Why might there be such a discrepancy? I'm SO tired all the time, sometimes unable to get out of bed! I want help!
    My testing consists of three of the following each day:
    first thing in the morning/before bfast
    2 hrs after breakfast
    before lunch
    2 hrs after lunch
    before dinner
    2 hrs after dinner
    bedtime

    regardless of how I'm feeling. I did feel like I was way low once and tested and I was at 100. I just hope I'm not really that high all the time and my body now only recognizes 100 as being low. It used to be 30 is where I'd feel low.

    My fingers are clean when I test and I'm getting similar readings from 2 monitors. Maybe it's just the Aviva. But I've never had problems with monitors in the past.

    I've been on insulin before and actually wouldn't mind it again. I just want more control over my numbers. Besides if I'll be getting pregnant again I'll be on insulin anyways. I just found with insulin I feel better and have more energy. I don't gain weight on insulin because I'm much more active! But my endo wants me to stay on 1500 mg Metformin. That's where I've been for YEARS!

    • ANSWER:
      Washing your hands carefully and drying before testing?? Using alcohol on finger and not letting it dry before testing?? When are you testing?

      The only meter I have found that is exactly with the labs testing my glucose are the One Touch.
      The AccuChecks that my insurance company like so much measure 26 points higher!!!

      Be careful to wash and rinse hands carefully and don't put on lotion until after you check glucose level.

      Don't use alcohol on finger then prick it or you will be testing the glucose level of the alcohol.

      Test first thing in the morning when you get out of bed. Test at least 2 hours after a meal.

  45. QUESTION:
    Glocosomine.and blood sugar readings.?
    I have had great sucess with glucosimine ,however it givese a high sugar blood reading which is not correct.i am almost crippled now i have stopped taking it and am seeking anyone else who has experienced this problem.my blood sugar level is spot on without my taking glucosomine.

    • ANSWER:
      There is some preliminary evidence suggesting that glucosamine, in doses used to treat osteoarthritis, may alter levels of blood sugar, insulin and/or hemoglobin A1C (a test that measures how well blood sugar has been controlled during the previous three months) in people with diabetes or insulin resistance.

      Other studies, however, haven't found an effect. Until we know more, people with diabetes or hypoglycemia and those who are taking medication or supplements that affect blood sugar should use caution and only take glucosamine under the supervision of a qualified health professional.

      You may be one of the unlucky ones.

  46. QUESTION:
    Does saw palmetto raise blood sugar readings?

    • ANSWER:
      No. Actually, the calming effect could do just the opposite.

  47. QUESTION:
    What is a normal Blood pressure and Blood sugar readings for an avarage person? for a quiz at work.?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Blood Pressure: 110/80 or 120/80 depending on source
      Blood sugar: 80-120

  48. QUESTION:
    Weird blood sugar readings?
    Ok I have type 2 diabetes and I always check my blood sugar at night. Tonight when I checked it, it was 92. I decided to have a little snack, so I ate a few animal crackers. Like 45 minutes after that I checked it again just to see what it was and it was 78. How did that happen? How did my blood sugar go from 92 to 78 AFTER I ate some animal crackers? It seems like it would have went up some.

    • ANSWER:
      There could be multiple reasons.

      Do you take medication or insulin at night? That may have dropped your blood sugar.

      Had you not eaten in a while when you got the 92 on your meter? Sometimes when you don't eat, your liver puts out more glucose, raising your blood sugar. When you do eat, your liver stops, and your pancreas is stimulated to make more insulin. That can lower your blood sugar.

      The animal crackers may not have had time to raise your blood sugar after only 45 minutes. As a Type 2 myself, I notice that blood sugar peaks in me are delayed as compared to non-diabetics. I'll sometimes peak at 2-3 hours rather than 1 hour. You may have been going down before eating and then just tested too early to see the effects of the crackers on your blood sugar.

      Finally, there's always the possibility that your meter was just wrong. What's more, because of the meter margin of error, your blood sugar may have been more or less the same both times, even though they were 14 points apart on the meter.

  49. QUESTION:
    Diabetes? High Blood Sugar readings?
    I have had a diabetes 'monitoring day' today, where they check my blood sugar levels before and after each meal....I still have 1 last one to do, but they have been EXCESSIVELY high, so much so that the nurse looked concerned. The thing is, I drink no sugar drinks, eat no added sugar foods, and am sooooooo careful about my diet concerning this....what is going on? Anyone else had this problem, and what can be done. I absolutely am adamant that I do not eat anything that would make this high.

    • ANSWER:
      High glycemic carbohydrates, i.e potatoes, pasta, bread & rice will turn into sugar very fast and give you high readings. Sugar-free foods with artificial sweeteners can be high as the sweeteners are bulked up with carbs so they can cause high sugar readings too.

      You need to lay off the high glycemic carbs including fruit until you are in control of your blood sugar and eat vegetables, fibre, protein and fat. If you need an artificial sweetener you need to use the small tablets of sucralose or splenda which are not bulked up with carbs and usually don't effect your blood sugar, although testing is the only way to find out.

      Most important go for a walk. Ideally after every meal but as that is not usually practical at least once a day. Exercise is key to getting your sugar down.

      You don't mention what type of tablets you are on but some are more effective than others. I use supplements that make me more sensitive to insulin but you need to research them before you take them. Most doctors and nurses have no clue about diabetes, trust me.

      You need to find your own solutions get on the web. Doctors wanted me to go on insulin and now they wonder how I am doing so well on diet, exercise and supplements. (never mind the excessive tablets they had me on ruined my kidneys). If I only knew then what I knew now....

      Diabetes is no joke as you can loose your sight & limbs. Think not having pasta or rice is bad it is nothing compared to having a physically impaired quality of life.

  50. QUESTION:
    To what extent does breakfast affect blood sugar levels?
    I conducted an experiment taking blood sugar readings of my class mates and recording if they had breakfast or not. The problem is that I need secondary data to write the evaluation, but I cant find any raw data on google!!! So I was wondering if you have any links, or had conducted the experiment yourself to use your data.
    I was thinking of making up the results but in my school we had to sign a form after our experiment to verify known of our results were made up :(

    • ANSWER:
      I dont know if these will be any help

      http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/health/2824987.stm "Breakfast is 'most important meal'"

      http://www.ajcn.org/cgi/content/abstract/67/4/772S "Breakfast, blood glucose, and cognition"

      http://www.ajcn.org/cgi/content/abstract/34/3/362 "Glycemic index of foods: a physiological basis for carbohydrate exchange"

      Theres a lot of reseach on diabetes and pregancy and glucose levels.

      Good luck

      if you want any further reserch http://www.ajcn.org/cgi/content/abstract/48/4/1041 "Second-meal effect"


Blood Sugar Range For Gestational Diabetes

Are you worried about your type 2 diabetes blood sugar rising? How will you manage this kind of condition? Management for symptoms is based on type 2 diabetes risk factors. Let's find out what they are and how to manage them.

Diabetes Mellitus is a progressive metabolic disease which is indicated by the rise in blood sugar levels. The pancreas gland doesn't secrete enough insulin to help metabolize sugar in the blood. There are 3 types of diabetes mellitus: type 1 or the juvenile onset DM, type 2 DM which is the most common, and type 3 DM or gestational diabetes.

Symptoms of DM include increased thirst and hunger, increased frequency in urination, blurring of vision, and sudden rise of blood sugar levels. Some patients have so-called diabetic wounds which are hard to manage. These wounds if becomes severe are advised for amputation.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Do i really need insulin if my blood sugar ranges between 87-114 during gestational diabetes?
    i was recently diagnosed with gestational diabetes. i went to the nutrional class and was told that my blood sugar be between 60-90 before breakfast and 60-120 after 2 hrs each meal. i went to see my dr and said that it was too high and might need insulin if it doesn't lower.

    Is this really necessary??
    thanks for all your help

    • ANSWER:
      You would be better of discussing this with your doctor as he will have all of your medical facts to help him decide the correct course of action express your concerns and worries to him and ask him to explain why he feels it is needed

  2. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar numbers for gestational diabetes?
    What are your average blood sugar numbers for gestational diabetes? Mine have all been within the 4.1 to 4.7 mmol/L range lately and I'm wondering if I've got it under "too much" control--could I possible have low blood sugar now? Am I restricting myself too much? Any help would be great!

    • ANSWER:
      Here's the thing: low blood sugars do not hurt the baby, and in fact don't affect the baby. High blood sugars most definitely affect the baby. So it's always better to be on the low side.

      The other thing is that pregnant women who are not diabetic normally have lower blood sugars than a non-pregnant woman. So the lower you can keep your sugars, the better, because you're mimicking what the natural state is for non-diabetic pregnancies.

      However, low blood sugars are not pleasant and they can be dangerous in the middle of the night. Hopefully you have someone with you at night if you're running sugars that low. If that's not a concern, then keep up what you're doing.

  3. QUESTION:
    what are the normal range for gestational diabetes?
    I have been tested positive with gestational diabetes a couple of days ago and have been monitoring my blood sugar level at home. My fasting blood sugar showed 81mg/dl and 125 mg/dl an hour after i had my breakfast. Is this normal?

    • ANSWER:

  4. QUESTION:
    Daily blood sugar monitoring for gestational diabetes
    I had gestational diabetes with my first child. I'm 12 weeks with my second and my dr. hasn't ordered me to have the test yet. But I decided to use my daily tester to see what happened after I had dinner tonight. What is the normal range again? You take the test right before a meal, and then 1 hour afterward right? Before it was 77 and after it was 130. Is that too high? Also, is the result any different on your arm than your finger? I tested with my finger tonight because I couldn't get enough blood from my arm.

    • ANSWER:
      Your a smart Mommy to start now!
      Daily testing for a gestational diabetic is Am just as soon as your up then before meals and 2 hours after and then at bedtime, you should do a few 2-3 am's too.
      I know it sounds like alot but that's the best for your baby
      Finger sticks are the best all time around but I think the doctors are leaning towards the arm now,just for conpliants sake.

      I'm a T1 and my daughter just gave me a baby girl after having gestational diabetes, she is fine now but she keeps checking.

      Good Luck and happy mommy hood... again

  5. QUESTION:
    Sugar in urine and gestational diabetes?
    I am 30 weeks pregnant and diagnosed with gestational diabetes 3 weeks ago. I have been following the diet plan and monitoring my blood sugar twice a day. My fasting blood sugar ranges from 87-95...I was told that wasn't a reason for concern unless the lowest number I was getting was 95. My blood sugar 2 hours after meals ranges from 89-113 (I've had 2 that were out of range, but that was after a meal that was difficult to figure out my carbs, both time it was in the low 90s after 3 hours). Today I had sugar in my urine...is this a concern if my blood sugar is within range?

    • ANSWER:
      Sugar in the urine with normal blood glucose is referred to as renal glucosuria. It's usually a benign condition. Some people just have a low renal threshold, whereas others have a high renal threshold. Even when my blood sugar was very high, I did not have any sugar in my urine.

      You should talk to your doctor and ask for an A1c, but your blood sugar levels look good. Is it possible that your blood sugar is high when you're not testing?

  6. QUESTION:
    I am 17 weeks pregnant, Gestational Diabetes, Sugar levels dropped?!?!?
    I am 17 weeks pregnant with my second. My first I had Gestational Diabetes and with this one my glucose levels have already been on the higher end. Doc is pretty sure I will be Insulin dependant again at some point during this pregnancy. Yesterday and this morning, however, my blood sugar levels were all around the normal-low range (and I didn't change anything about what I would normally eat for the day). My before lunch reading was even borderline too low. My question is if this has happened to anyone else with GD, or if this could possibly be an early sign of a miscarrage? I haven't felt pregnant in a few weeks (mainly because my morning sickness has finally ended, hurrah!) Any stories, or insight would be much apreciated : ) Thank you in advanced : )

    • ANSWER:
      I am 16 weeks pregnant, and have had diabetes-type one for 20 years. Although the docs give you a range to be in sometimes your body, the hormones and your organs decide something different, could be based on what you ate or how active you were or could just be your body doing what it wants. A low bloodsugar or an unusual low or high is not a sign of miscarriage, but it is something you shoudl watch more closely for your safety. When it happens that your bloodsugar is seemingly low for no good reason, test more often and eat more often to assure you are in a comfortable range for you. My advice is just take care of yourself the best that you know how. At this point in your pregnancy the baby is taking care of its own bloodsugars with its own insulin production. Make sure of course that you are keeping it in range, but dont freak over the little highs and lows every once and a while, they are worse for you right now than they are for your baby. Take care of you and your baby will follow.
      Good Luck! I've been there for 20 years pregnant or not, it is not fun. I hope you don't have to take insulin injections, but no matter what you are doing fine. Not to worry. Congrats and Good Luck!

  7. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar 102 after big mac combo - how can I have gestational diabetes?
    I took a 1 hour glucose test and failed. Scoring 190. The nurse said that the cut off was 140 but everything I've read online says 190 is the actual cut off. I was not fasting and it was about 4 hours since I last ate.
    They decided to classify me as having gestational diabetes and did not send me for a 3 hour test.
    I went to the class this morning. I had 2 apples for breakfast and waited 45 minutes before testing. My blood sugar was 100.
    4 hours later I had a big mac combo w/ medium fries and a medium Hi-C at mc donalds (bad I know, but I was running very, very late).
    I was told to test 2 hours after each meal. My blood sugar was 102.
    So far things seem totally within normal range even after eating like 3 times the carbs I should have.

    Do you think the doctor/lab screwed up my test? I don't mind testing or diet changes but I don't want to actually have gestational diabetes. Of course this is only day 1, so I probably need more data.

    Any ideas?
    Both the lab and the nurse said fasting was not required. I double checked b/c I had to fast when pregnant with my first child.

    Here's the site that says 1 hr, not fasting, cut off is 190:
    http://www.storknet.com/complications/gestationaldiabetes/oralglucose.htm

    I did find some other sites that say 140.

    2 hours after dinner last night my sugar was 94.
    This morning it was 79. (too low).
    Yes, I double checked the carbs, ate when I was suppose to, and snacked.

    Something is not right here. I don't think it's hyper, I think it's hypo.

    I was told that my sugars should be <140, 2 hours after eating. WedMD confirms. Wikipedia says average blood sugar range is 80-110.
    I don't see how I have gd. I will have to ask the dr Friday.

    • ANSWER:
      So the french fries had enough grease in them to prevent the spiking and the bun on the Big Mac was reacting to the same criteria. Hi C is not good for anyone as it is pure sugar syrup, but not as bad as the syrup junk they serve at the labs.

      They should have told you to come back later, another day, fasting so they could do a proper GTT.

      Did they bother to tell you that the 2 hours after a meal starts with the first bite of that meal?

      And what was your HbA1c number? that is the one that has the most to do with GD, Type 1, Type 1.5, and Type 2 diabetes! It is the percentage of glucose molecules clinging to red blood cells going back over the past 90 days.

  8. QUESTION:
    Is there a web site for blood sugar ranges and symptoms?
    My fasting blood sugar this morning was 360. I'm feeling pretty bad, but don't know for sure if it's because of that, or something else. Is there a place I can look to find out what the ranges are and possible symptoms that go along with that? I'd like to know just how bad 360 is... I have a doctor appointment tomorrow and haven't been diagnosed with diabetes yet. This is brand new to me, except that I had gestational diabetes 6 years ago.

    • ANSWER:
      360 is bad. To be considered a diabetic you only have to be above 125 as an adult. You should call your doctor ASAP and tell them what your sugar was this morning and what it is right now. Check out the ADA web site. It has a lot of great stuff on it. Good luck.

  9. QUESTION:
    At what point will insulin be necessary for gestational diabetes?
    I'm 31 weeks pregnant, gestational diabetes, my blood sugars since I've been monitoring with the special made diet have been elevated several times. My range is below 120 two hours after meals, below 95 fasting. My fasting, breakfast, & lunch ranges have all been high. I really don't want to go on insulin but wondering if dr. will find it is best with these high readings.

    • ANSWER:
      As your insulin levels start dropping to unsafe levels your doctor will start you on a insulin regimen to protect both you and the baby.

      Insulin is the standard treatment for women with GD as the baby is using most of what your body produces.

  10. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar and anemia during pregnancy?
    Hi all! I'm 24-25 weeks pregnant and I just got my lab results back for the hemoglobin/hematocrit and glucose tests. It turns out everything is below the normal range: In other words, my hemoglobin count was below normal (the lowest normal range is 12 and mine was 10.8), the percent (hematocrit) was also low (lowest normal is 36 and mine was 31), and my blood glucose was also below the lowest normal range (it was 68).

    I know it's pretty common for a woman to develop anemia during pregnancy, but are my levels too low? And what about my blood sugar? Everyone seems to worry about gestational diabetes (high sugar levels), but what happens when blood sugar levels are low (hypoglycemia)? Is that equally dangerous?

    I've tried researching the glucose question, but everything related to pregnancy seems to go back to gestational diabetes... not my case. I have an appointment with my OB/GYN tomorrow, but I just wanted to get some feedback before then in order to ease my mind. Thanks!!!
    I have been taking my prenatal vitamins since I found out I was pregnant at 7 weeks. These are supposed to contain the required daily amount of iron for a pregnant woman. However, I read that if you take any iron supplement at the same time as anything that contains calcium, then your body won't be able to absorb the iron. I've been taking my prenatals with my morning coffee w/ milk, so I don't know if I've been cancelling out the iron in the supplement...

    • ANSWER:
      I have the exact same thing when pregnant. For your anemia, I would recommend chlorofil (sp?) which you can find at the health food store, and maybe even at the regular store. You can take up to 6 a day (they're small), and they brought my hemoglobin up like nothing else, especially in the last few weeks of pregnancy. They are also much easier on your stomach than the iron pills. The iron can upset your stomach and make you sick.
      As for the hypoglycemia, I would recommend eating a small protien snack every few hours. Peanut butter with crackers or celery, if you like summer sausage or salami with cheese and crackers. If you feel lightheaded or faint, drink some orange juice.

  11. QUESTION:
    17 weeks pregnant, Gestational Diabetes, Blood Levels dropped?!?
    I am 17 weeks pregnant with my second. My first I had Gestational Diabetes and with this one my glucose levels have already been on the higher end. Doc is pretty sure I will be Insulin dependant again at some point during this pregnancy. Yesterday and this morning, however, my blood sugar levels were all around the normal-low range (and I didn't change anything about what I would normally eat for the day). My before lunch reading was even borderline too low. My question is if this has happened to anyone else with GD, or if this could possibly be an early sign of a miscarrage? I haven't felt pregnant in a few weeks (mainly because my morning sickness has finally ended, hurrah!) Any stories, or insight would be much apreciated : ) Thank you in advanced : )

    • ANSWER:
      Glucose metabolism is a complex thing, especially during pregnancy. Blood sugar variation is a natural phenomenon, but it's the range of these sugars that are the important thing. Current guidelines suggest pregnant women should keep fasting sugars less than 5.9mmol/L and sugars 1 hour after eating less than 7.8mmol/L. As long as you're maintaining these levels, you're lowering the risk to your baby and yourself throughout this pregnancy.
      With regards to could this be a sign of early miscarriage, that's highly unlikely given that increased stresses to your body would typically raise blood sugars. Also, it's still early in your pregnancy, and you're more than likely to notice your sugars rising the later on in your gestation.

  12. QUESTION:
    Can you suggest some good breakfast ideas for someone recently diagnosed with gestational diabetes?
    I've been testing my blood sugar 4X daily for a bit more than a week now. Specific recommendations from my doctor and nutritionist are:
    First-thing-in-the-morning blood sugar of less than 90
    One-hour-after-meals blood sugar of less than 140

    I'm allowed:
    30 grams of carbs for breakfast plus three snacks daily (with one snack after each meal, with the last snack being a before bedtime snack)
    50 grams of carbs for lunch and dinner

    My first-thing-in-the-morning blood sugar is consistently in the normal range, usually in the 70s. But my after-breakfast blood sugar is the most inconsistent.

    A bowl of low carb Special K with milk (both measured) today gave me a 140, but the other day gave me a 107!

    I'm having a hard time considering an egg with cheese on a multigrain english muffin (for 27 grams of carbs) healthy to eat on a daily basis (yet of all the breakfast foods I've had, that's about the "best" for my after-breakfast blood sugar. Besides, I do like variety.
    I've also been told I can't have any fruit juice, nor can I have fruit at breakfast.

    My english muffin sandwich is made on a whole grain english muffin (which interestingly has more carbs than the plain version).
    I should probably also add that I'm not overweight. Just pregnant. (Which means no coffee. Sniff.)

    • ANSWER:
      30 grams is pretty low but it is still two full servings.Fruit can be worked in if you measure carefully.here are some examples.

      How about :#1- 1 piece french toast with 1/2 cup fresh berries ?

      #2-Low sugar yogurt with one frozen waffle ?

      #3- eggs with onions, peppers and ham,one orange and herbal tea .

      #4-whole wheat toast with pb and a small banana.You can substitute milk for the banana if you like .

      #5- Half a toasted bagel,pb and jelly.Herbal tea and milk.

      #6- Cottage cheese with 1/2 cup fresh fruit ,
      Herbal Tea or decaf coffee.

      Good luck and congrats.

  13. QUESTION:
    Did anyone out there have a big baby because they had gestational diabetes? I have it too. What happened?
    I'm just wondering if anyone has a story about their health and the health of their baby after delivering with gestational diabetes. Right now, my blood sugar is in the normal range throughout the day as I'm taking 2.5 mg of glyburide first thing in the morning, but the only problem is the very high blood sugar first thing in the morning (after fasting). My high-risk doc says that the high fasting level can cause the baby to grow big. I'm having a second c-section anyway, but obviously this isn't a good thing, regardless of whether I'm having natural or surgical birth! I've heard the baby loses weight over the first few days of life is he is really big. but how big is really big? 10 pounds? Anybody told they were having a baby over 10 pounds and then didn't? Any stories appreciated - might help me prepare for it a little better, I'm worried. I hope he doesn't need an intravenous glucose drip! Thanks anyone that has something to add...
    Thanks for answering - my husband was also a 10 pound baby and my doctor said they weren't testing for GD back in the 70's, and she most likely had it. I don't necessarily agree there, since it's possible to have a big baby without GD from what I've heard - but you never know.

    No I don't know what my HbA1C is measuring. All I know is that I go to bed and it's about 110 or so, and I wake up and it's 140, 145 sometimes. But not always - I'll sometimes have a nice low reading in the morning.

    I might ask about using long-acting insulin before bed having read what you've said - one would think that the doctor would immediately prescribe something like that having seen my results, but it can't hurt to bring it up with him...

    I find that eating before bed ALWAYS makes the blood sugar higher in the morning. I'm better off if I don't, based on my experiments.

    I'm 34 weeks, and due on Nov 28th. At my last ultrasound the baby was measuring 1 week too big..
    oh and my before-bed snacks are always cheese and turkey, cottage cheese, natural yoghurt - never any carbs at all. i was doing the peanut butter on crackers route but that just left me with 140-150 blood sugar by 7 am. i still find that with protein snacks my blood sugar can be high. i think the lowest morning reading I've ever had is 105.

    • ANSWER:

  14. QUESTION:
    gestational diabetes and feeling sad?
    i have gestational diabetes and managing it with diet plan and exercise. my blood sugar is in target range of what my dietitian advised me. but sometimes i crave sweets like cookies and cake. when i ask my boyfriend for it he puts me down and treats me like it's my fault i have gestational diabetes. i feel like im in punishment and appreciated. im trying my best to manage my levels. when he says mean things it makes me cry because i feel like im doing everything alone. im overwhelmed with the strict diet plan and the small portion sizes i have to deal with, i feel sad most days. how do i let him know hes hurting me.

    • ANSWER:
      If i was you i would just tell him straight up how your feeling. But at the same time you know you cant have certain foods so why even ask for them? I know all this is overwhelming especially with the small meal portions but your grown and you know what you can and can not have. But just be honest and straight up with him and tell him you'd like a little support rather than his put downs. Explain to him its hard for you to deal with this and you need his help to stay positive. I hope this helps and hope everything works out!

  15. QUESTION:
    Do diabetics have high blood sugar everyday?
    I am pregnant and at 10 weeks they had me do a glucose test because both of my parents have diabetes. My blood sugar came back as 205 at an hour after I drank it and I felt horribly ill that day. So they diagnosed me with pre-gestational diabetes and told me I probably had it before I got pregnant and that I will need to be tested after I give birth to be sure. I wasn't arguing this diagnosis, I was surprised because I had just had my blood sugar tested in January by a different doctor and she told me it was "surprisingly good for a woman of your (my) size." Then they had me begin testing my blood sugar 4 times a day. In the mornings it ranges from 76-90 usually being around 85. My levels were good enough that the doctor told me I could stop testing 4 times a day and just do it once or twice a day. My problem is that when my mother wakes up her blood sugar is never under 200. It is high every single day. So I looked into it and some articles online said that outside factors can lead to higher blood sugar. For example at the time my husband had just deployed, my family had come to stay with me while they were moving from one base to another (I love them but that doesn't make it any less stressful to have 4 extra people in a house), and I had severe morning sickness, vomiting multiple times a day and I really wasn't eating. On top of all of that my mother was telling me how worried she was that I was going to miscarry because when she had miscarried she was ill in a similar way. So could all of that stress have had an impact on my blood sugar? And should I request a retest or just continue taking my blood sugar everyday?

    • ANSWER:
      yes.

      The very definition of Diabtes is "consistently high uncontrolled blood sugars". "High" is defined as more than 130

      having one high reading a week is NOT diabetes. With diabetes your UNCONTROLLED blood sugars are high ALL THE TIME.

      The intent of diabetic treatment is to CONTROL the blood sugars so that they stay NORMAL (80-120) most of the time.

      There is one test that you NEED TO ASK your doctor to perform. This is the A1C TEST. This test is the State-of-the-Art testing for diabetes. It is also VERY accurate (much more so than daily finger stick tests), and very cheap.

      The A1C test comes back in a Percent Reading. NORMAL is 5-to-6 percent. A reading in that range means that you are NOT diabetic. A reading of 6-to-7 means that you are getting out of control, but if you work harder on diet and exercise you can prevent diabetes.

      Any reading more than 7 indicate diabetes, and you need help NOW. Based on your question, your mother probably has a reading of 10-12, indicating that she is SEVERELY ill, and needs immediate medical treatment, as well as a huge dose of self-discipline to control her diet, get more exercise, and drop some weight. Any reading more than 8 indicates a patient who is committing the slowest and most painful form of suicide imaginable -- death by diabetes.

      Yes, outside influcence CAN raise blood sugars -- stress, pregnancy, other illness, prescription drugs, injury or surgery . . . . . but the MOST COMMON cause is excessive weight, poor diet, and lack of exercise.

      Yes. gestational diabetes DOES come on fast, like you described. It should also go away after you give birth, IF you drop the baby weight, control your diet, and get more exercise. The problem is that Gestational Diabetes is a Primary Indicator of Type 2 diabetes later in life. you MUST lose the baby weight and get your lifestyle under control if you don't want the diabetes to stay.

      ASK your doctor for the A1C test NOW, and repeat it every 90 days for the next two years. This will help control the Gestational Diabetes, and also help you stay away from Type 2 Diabetes later. Continue with your own HOME finger-stick testing as the doctor orders.

  16. QUESTION:
    Anyone with gestational diabetes have a homebirth?
    I have been diagnosed with gestational diabetes for the second time (second pregnancy) and have been doing an excellent job at managing my blood sugars. I'm 32 weeks along and have so far gained ONE pound and my sugars are all in an acceptible range making me a "low-risk" gestational diabetic. However, my doctor has decided to continue to treat my care as though I am a "high-risk" gestational diabetic and has ordered a Level II Ultrasound, fetal echo-cardiogram, maternal EKG, and two fluid checking ultrasounds plus fetal non-stress tests A WEEK for the duration of my pregnancy.
    So far, aside from failing the glucose tolerance test and having some (very few) high blood sugar levels due to bad food choices or over-indulgence (last one being several weeks ago) I have had a very normal pregnancy. My 20 week ultrasound was found to be "unremarkable" my lab tests results have come back normal, and my baby isn't any more or less active than was my first child. (With whom I didn't monitor my diabetes as well and gained forty pounds during my 39 week pregnancy...)

    I'm not convinced that these tests the doctors want to do are either necessary or without risk. The only real explanation he's been able to give me is that they are part of his practice's "Standard of Care" which I find to be a line of BS and just an excuse to bill me and my insurance more money.

    I have found an exceptionally skilled midwife who has agreed to care for us and deliver a homebirth for a very reasonable fee, but I'm hoping that there are other people out there who can comment on this and share a personal story?

    Anyone with gestational diabetes out there deliver at home with a midwife and have a relatively uncomplicated delivery?

    I know I'm opening myself up here to read horror stories too and I regret that, but regardless of your personal feeling on the subject of homebirth, I'm just looking for the facts on the matter not your opinions or personal judgement. My husband and I aren't trying to be "risky" and trust the midwife to risk us out if things become too complicated for her to handle. Our home is also 3 minutes (in traffic and hitting every stop light) from the hospital. We are one block closer to the hospital than the ambulance station, and two blocks from the local fire station.

    • ANSWER:
      I work at a hospital. There are stories all the time, in fact, 2 in the past week, where the woman and/or baby WOULD HAVE DIED absolutely, no question about it, if they had not been here when they got in trouble. Even 3 minutes away and they WOULD HAVE DIED. So in my opinion, it's stupid to not take advantage of every possible care opportunity.

  17. QUESTION:
    I'm diagnosed with gestational diabetes and I'm sad?
    I failed my 1 hour glucose test so I had to do the 3 hour glucose. Two out of the 4 blood test I did on the day of my 3hours were higher than standard range so they diagnosed me with gestational diabetes. I am so sad. This is my 3rd pregnancy and first time having this. I don't know what I did wrong. Now I have to wait for an appointment with a nurse and dietitian but that's a week away. I wanna know what I can do in the mean time to control my blood sugar and stay healthy? What kind of food should I eat and avoid and such?

    And this really doesn't necessarily mean I'll develop type2 diabetes later in life right? If I excercise, continue eating right...I should be able to prevent right?

    I just don't understand how I have GD when I've only gained about 10lbs this pregnancy and I'm only 26 weeks.

    • ANSWER:
      I got that with my second child -but not with my first or third-. It was no big deal. Basically they put you on the diabetic diet until about a month after the baby is born. Plus, I had to go for blood tests every week. But it's worth it to make sure your child is ok. So you can't have a lot of sugar, and have to measure out how much you eat. I lost some weight while I was pregnant, but that didn't hurt the baby, she was 9 pounds and 24 inches long!! I didn't develop type 2 diabetes either. It is just something that happens. I expected it with my third, especially because I was much older with the third, but it didn't happen. Don't stress yourself out over this, you'll be fine.

  18. QUESTION:
    whats normal for a blood sugar level reading?
    I am being tested for gestational diabetes. I have fasted for 12hrs. i tested myself this morning with the finger pricker. What should be normal range after fasting and doing it first thing in the morning

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting BG = 70-99 mg/dl - BG 2 hours after eating = <140 mg/dl

      Prediabetes Fasting BG = 100-125 mg/dl - BG 2 hours after eating = 140-199 mg/dl

      Diabetes Fasting BG = > 126 mg/dl - BG 2 hours after eating = > 200 mg/dl

      Here is a website with more information.

      Good luck to you.

  19. QUESTION:
    Was I misdiagnosed with Gestational Diabetes?
    At 24 weeks preggo, my doctor wanted to have me tested for Gestational Diabetes. My guess, besides routine, was that she wanted me to because Diabetes runs in my family. Regardless, I went and took the test. First, the lab tech was apparently getting me ready to draw blood when I said "so I hear this test takes an hour?" THEN he looked at my paper work and said "what are you here for?" I told him, and he got me the orange drink for the Glucose test. I drank it and waited an hour. (1) I had not eaten since early the night before, and (2) the orange drink everyone warned me was going to be extremely sweet tasted like watered down orange juice to me.

    Nevertheless, I waited and they took a blood sample. Last week, I get a call from the nurse stating that my blood sugar level was 207, and they wouldn't be sending me for the 3-hour test. She told me that anything above 200 they basically treat you as a diabetic. So I go get the monitor and everything. Well, I've been testing my blood sugar levels ever since and even eating the occasional fast food, my blood sugar level has only ranged from 73-123. Is it possible that I was misdiagnosed?

    Regardless, the possibility that I have it is definitely making me more cautious of my eating habits. :o )

    • ANSWER:
      No.. it does sound like you have it. The super sugery orange drink (lucky you kinda liked it) is meant to spike your blood sugar and see how your body reacts to excess sugar.
      The normal blood sugar when you eat is a good thing.. and it means that you are following the right eating habits and keeping your blood sugar under control.
      You are doing everything correctly!

  20. QUESTION:
    For those who have had or have gestational diabetes.....?
    If you have or had gestational diabetes....what were your target ranges??? Im a nurse so I know the "normal" target ranges, and just with me seeing a nutritionist and keeping my diet strict, Ive been able to manage great blood sugars...fasting in the 70's-90's...and 2 hours after meals within 90-120. WELL, when I went to my OB, they were very upset with my blood sugar levels...saying that 114 and 116 was too high and blah blah blah...trying to lower the peremiters. They are trying to say that fasting my BS should be 70-80...and 2 hours after meals 80-90...and put me on alot of insulin...on top of the strict carb diet Im on.

    Here's my argument....what is the values that diagnose someone with gestational diabetes??...and Im sure if the perimeters were 80-90, then every person in the world would be labeled as "diabetic". If my blood sugar was 120 1 hour after my glucose test was done, then Im sure there would be no issue...so why are they trying to force these low values on me...that #1, starve me, and #2, make my sugars uncontrollably low??

    Im being seen at an Army Hospital...and really do not feel like complying with my insulin regimen, as my blood sugars without it have been great!!! But I dont want them to label me as "neglectful of my pregnancy". I want a second opinion!!!
    I agree...when I go in this coming tuesday, Im going to tell them to hell with their parameters, and Im just sticking to my diet. I too, have had the occasional 150's and 180's 2 hours after meals....BUT, that was my own stupid self trying to bend the diet a little. But come on....it is NOT realistic to keep the levels that low!! :(

    • ANSWER:
      Good grief, that is low. This is what I've been assigned:

      90 and under fasting
      130 and under 1 hour after a meal.

      My previous pregnancy I was seeing a diabetic researcher from the Sansum Clinic in Santa Barbara. She is well-known in the field for advocating very aggressive blood sugar control. Her standards were really close my current doctor, though. She wanted:

      90 and under fasting
      120 and under 1 hour after a meal
      HbA1C under 5.0 (she actually had a HbA1C machine in her office and could measure it week to week to see how it had changed)

      It's true you're not going to achieve those levels they're asking for without insulin, but I would not want to attempt it because along with levels like that are going to come plenty of low blood sugars, which have to be treated with extra sugar, yadda yadda yadda. Much better to not get on that roller coaster.

      If you're routinely getting 150's and 180's -- yes, that is worth correcting with medication. But 116? Completely normal and healthy. Sometimes it's nice to have a little insulin around for those times you know you're going to bend the diet - you could accept a prescription under those conditions if you want to fool with it (I say that since you're a nurse and I assume you have a good understanding of how to use insulin if needed).

  21. QUESTION:
    "Borderline positive" on a gestational diabetes test?
    Ok, so they did my three hour glucose test and they said it was a borderline positive. I had gestational diabetes with my first and kept to the ADA diet perfectly and never had to use the insulin.

    I have been monitoring my blood sugar but eating what ever the heck I felt like for the last couple of days but my blood sugar is staying within the range that it needs to be (80-120). Should I even worry about the diet or just keep monitoring my blood sugar and as long as it is ok, we are ok?
    Jill, Oh no....I will TOTALLY keep checking! I was more asking if I should just continue to eat what I want until a problem with my levels presents itsself?

    • ANSWER:
      Keep monitoring it, but ask your doctor if it's ok to use a rotating schedule for meals so you aren't checking it so frequently every day. Continue to check fasting every morning as well.

      For example, on the first day, check after breakfast only. Next day, check after lunch only. Next day, check after dinner only.

      We do this with many of our borderline patients in the hospital when they have been stable but still deserve a close watching. You have a history, and your test was borderline, so you could still develop it and you wouldn't know unless you're checking.

      Gotcha! Sorry I misunderstood, and yes, if your blood sugars have been stable you should be ok to do what you've been doing. No need to change anything if your blood sugars are good! :)

  22. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar at 169... normal?
    Recently I have started feeling bad after I have eaten. Particularly in the evenings. I start to get a pressure headache and if I take a 15 minute nap it's better. My wife had gestational diabetes and we still had here blood sugar monitor. Tonight about and hour after eating I checked it twice and I got a 169 and a 166. About another hour later it was 148. These numbers seem high based on what I have read, but I wanted to check and see if these were within the range of normal or not. Thank you for your help.

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Your numbers would indicate Diabetes.
      Here are the 4 steps to controlling glucose levels .

      Here are the 4 keys:
      1) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      2) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don't need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      3)diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can't count carbs so I use Mendosa's Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      4) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.

      Good luck to you on your journey

      Tin

  23. QUESTION:
    Question about being induced really early for medical conditions, sorry it's kind of long.?
    I'm 22 years old and currently 29 weeks pregnant with my first.

    The problem is I started high risk and am only getting higher risk. I was high risk due to 4 blood clotting disorders. So far, Lovenox injections have kept me from clotting and I hope it stays that way.

    Then my blood pressure started running high and they put me on medicine and have been monitoring me for pre-eclampsia. So far my protein is 278 and at 300 you're pre-eclamptic. They re-checked it friday but i've not gotten my results from it yet.

    If that wasn't enough, last week I found out I have gestational diabetes. My sugar ranges from 61-227 so it's really all over the place.

    Now, I got a phone call telling me he needs a echocardiogram b/c of new warnings on paxil and I was on it when I got pregnant. I was one week pregnant when I stopped taking it. Paxil can cause the baby's heart to have a hole in it or chambers not to function properly.

    I'm scared to death but trying to be hopeful and un-stressed for him. They have mentioned the possibility of having to take him early due to my high bp or if he gets too big due to me being diabetic.

    I only have 11 more weeks but i'm afraid at this point he would be safer outside of me than inside of me. I'm terrified my body is going to kill him in one way or another. i'm going to discuss all of this with my doctor tuesday at my appointment, but I was wondering what you other mothers would do? I know I can't this soon, but since it's medical, can I elect to be induced early at any point from here on out? What should/can I do????

    Please help me. I've went through so much for this baby and I don't know what I'll do if I lose him now.

    • ANSWER:
      Hey there!

      Speaking as a mom with APS and a history with Pre-eclampsia, I understand your concern. In my case, they didn't listen to me and the symptoms I shared with them and when they FINALLY did a 24 hour urine collection my protein was over 2800. I was in the hospital for less then 24 hours for "bedrest" when they finally decided they just needed to take him.

      My best advice? Harass the hell out of your doctors. They need to make you comfortable and need to be understanding of everything that you have been through in the past 29 weeks to give this baby a chance at life! While the choice remains up to your doctors as far as when to induce, explain every doubt you have and ask every question. Make them aware of your fears and have them acknowledge them! Tell them YOU want a game plan!

      Also, I was reading in one of your prior questions (I found it through googling "Pregnant on Coumadin") and I was wondering how long you were on coumadin, when you got your first positive hpt, and if there have been on obvious issues with your little guy? I am a tad on the nervous side right now because I am fairly certain I am pregnant and I'm on coumadin. Everything I read tells me the baby doesn't have a chance and I have to get off of it now. Which of course I will when I get that positive, but I thought I would ask you for a little more of your story! Thanks for your time!

  24. QUESTION:
    Diagnosed with Gestational Diabetes - did you have my issues - how did it turn out?
    I am 27 weeks pregnant. I was diagnosed with gestational diabetes a week ago. I am monitoring my blood sugar by checking it 4 times per day. However, I was spilling ketones in the morning, until my dietician added a glass of milk at 2 am. I have continually had high readings before breakfast. I'm between 125-111 - I have been told they should be between 70-90. Next step will be insulin injections. My main concern is for my baby. My levels are within range throughout the day 70-120. Have you experienced this ? What was the outcome - did you have a healthy baby with regular development? I've read that ketones can make your baby intellectually challenged? Any advise is appreciated from people who have experienced this! Thanks :)

    • ANSWER:
      I developed Gestational Diabetes with my 4th pregnancy. At 32 weeks I began to have weekly prenatal visits. Each visit consisted of a normal prenatal check up with urine test, blood pressure check, weight check, measuring fundal height, etc. In addition I also had a visit with the diabetes nurse at the high risk clinic I went to. In addition to the Gestational Diabetes I was also 38 years old. I also had weekly non-stress tests plus a weekly ultrasound. So, I was monitored quite closely. I also used the glucose meter 4 times each day. I had a specific meal plan to follow, but the diabetic nurse was always changing things based on how my test numbers were. I did pretty well with managing my numbers, but had more problems with too low blood sugar instead of high. I did not need to use insulin, but I do know it is not uncommon for many pregnant women to need it. It is also not uncommon for babies born to moms with Gestational Diabetes to be larger than average birth weight. However, it isn't always the case. My baby was born at 41 weeks weighing 6 pounds 14 ounces. She did not have any problems after the birth nor did I. We were both tested several times in the hospital and showed no signs of any blood sugar problems. In addition to possibly being large at birth, some babies also experience a significant drop in blood sugar after birth which can cause some problems. In most cases, though, an IV of gluose solution or a nursing or a formula feeding can help that problem quickly. In the majority of cases babies are fine after the birth. The bigger risk comes later in life for both mom and baby. Having Gestational Diabetes as well as being born to a mom with it puts mom and baby at a greater risk of developing Type 2 diabetes later in life. My daughter is now 12 years old. Her health has been quite excellent for all her life. For several years I have been quite frank with her about her increased risk later in life so we try to eat healthy to get her in good habits now. I am 51 years old and have been diagnosed with a pre-diabetic condtion called Glucose Intolerance. I am not familiar with the effect of ketones on the intellectual development of babies born to moms with Gestational Diabetes. In my daughter's case her intellect is pretty good, I think, as she regularly earns high marks in school, enjoys reading, is active, and is quite mature for her age. Part of her maturity, though, is attributed to the fact that she was our little surprise born when her older siblings were 18, 15, and 12. She was conceived when I was reliably taking birth control pills for 11 years. I did not find out I was pregnant with her until I was already 17 weeks along.

  25. QUESTION:
    At what point does high blood sugar become an immediate threat that needs prompt medical attention?
    I was recently diagnosed with gestational diabetes. I have been monitoring my sugar levels for a little over a year now anyways, because I was pre-diabetic/insulin resistant. Anyways, my insurance will no longer carry my test strips and I need to switch to a different brand, so I am out for the weekend. I feel blind not being able to check my sugars 2 hrs. post meals. Although they normally never get over 180 or so, I still feel paranoid that without my strips it could shoot up to the 300's or something. I was wanting to know if anyone could tell me what point does hyperglycemia become a life threat? 200, 300, 400, how high? I keep a pretty strict diet, so the chances of it getting over 200 are slim, considering that a dose of 100g carbs only brought my sugar to 240 an hour later. Still I am concerned. My doctor seems to think I will be fine until monday without checking myself. In fact she says I check to often. I just want to make sure I never develop horrible diabetic complications. I know there are not really any "symptoms" besides thirst, hunger, and frequent urination.

    So, my question is: When I do get my strips and I check my sugar, when does it become an emergency that would require immediate medical attention.

    I hear of people having to go to the hospital for insulin drips and such, but I believe they were in the high 500/600 range. I just want to put my mind at ease and know when to take action.

    Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      Hello, I am a Type 2 Diabetic. First thing I would tell you is to sit and educate yourself on the disease, on pre-Dia and Type 2. Women with gestational diabetes are at higher risk for getting diabetes Type 2 later in life.

      Rule of thumb is you do not want your BS (Blood Sugar) to get near a medical threatening stage. This is different for everybody. A normal person's BS should range from under 120 when they wake up to under 140 after 2 hours of a meal. For pregnancy you will have to check with an Endocrinologist. I hope you are also under the care of an Endocrinologist while you have G. Diabetes. OB/GYN may not be as well versed in these matters and may give awkquard information. I would definately seek the advise of a Endo to make sure you are being giving the best information and how medications and diabetes will be affecting your child. From what I remember, most of the super big babies (14 lbs) you see on t.v. in third world countries, normally the mother was diabetic during pregnancy and didn't recieve proper care. Babies just absorb the insulin and become real big. Please don't just take my word for it go for a 2nd opinion with an Endocrinologist. Check to see if there is a diabetic clinic in your city. If not try to find a Diabetic Educator.

      Blood Sugars differ with the individual. Your liver produces glucose which can shoot up your BS. If you are under stress or mad your BS can rise. So don't always think you have to eat to have your BS to rise. People who are in the 500/600 range probably were not checking their BS at all and because of neglect ended up in the hospital.

      Look go to tudiabetes.org. it is a community for diabetics. Sign in as a new member (free) go to the gestational forums and post this question. There will be lots of women who have gone though the same experience and can give you pointers.

      AS for insurance and test strips..join the club.....there are pleaty of websites that sell test strips for your meter. I personally recommend EBAY. Every so often you can catch a deal on test strips and supplies.

      I hope this helps.

  26. QUESTION:
    Do they periodically check toddlers blood glucose for diabetes?
    I was wondering if they periodically check blood sugar levels in toddlers. It never occurred to me that it might be possible my daughter could have diabetes. Her fasting levels are about 119-125 and her eating levels are about 170 to 260 being the highest. She doesn't drink soda or cool aid and usually drinks water or milk. I don't know whether children's sugar tend to run higher or whether they should be around the same. I have gestational diabetes and my grandfather had type II, but my daughter eats healthy and if anything has more trouble gaining weight than anything. I know part of the signs but she has seemed to always be hungry (since birth), never gained weight (She weighs 22 pounds at one month shy of two), and her attitude is sometimes very outspoken and cranky, (well, she is almost two and has always had a little bit of an attitude) and she has never really acted that differently than usual. She takes one to two naps and sleeps at night and in general is a very well behaved toddler. I talked to my mom (who was a registered nurse) about the sugar levels and she doesn't think I should be concerned. I'm calling a doctor tomorrow (but wont be able to schedule until Tuesday due to the fact that I have 3 appointments for my pregnancy tomorrow), but want to hear opinions about what anyone who has diabetes thinks. Even if your someone who knows about diabetes. I'm a little bit of a diabetic idiot (wonder whether they have diabetes for dummies) so don't know what normal ranges are. I only know that an adults fasting should be around 80 and about 120 or so for eating. I don't even know what the highest normal range is for an adult. Only that 80 and 120 are the round about normal ranges (I'm not even sure that is right). I was only diagnosed a week ago with gestational diabetes. Please don't say ask your doctor. I am taking her, but in the meantime I would like to know what the best thing to help maintain her sugars. I only give her Splenda when it comes to sweets. Do I need to get cherrios and throw away fruit loops? Can she have juice at all? I don't have things like cookies or anything at all. I have veggies, fruits and meats such as chicken and shrimp and lean lean beef.

    • ANSWER:
      No they don't check toddler's blood sugar on a regular basis. This is too much information for me to address all of it, so I'm going to just give you the basics. At that age it's most likely type 1 ... but with numbers that low you very likely have just caught it at the beginning. Take her to the doctor soon, it can get dangerous quickly.

      Type 1 diabetes does not have to do with weight or diet, and it is not your fault if your daughter has it. Type 1 is an autoimmune disease where the immune system attacks the cells that produce insulin until they don't work anymore. It's the same type of thing as an allergy, which is when the immune system attacks things that are harmless. Except this is much more serious, of course.

      And it has nothing to do with your gestational diabetes, or your grandpa's type 2. They are different diseases with different causes. The treatment is different too.

  27. QUESTION:
    gestational diabetes question. please help?
    I was diagnosed with gestational diabetes last week. On friday I went to see a diabetes clinician. She gave me a glucose meter to check my blood sugar 4 times a day. She also put me on a special diet. So far, the diet has brought my levels down and they are now in the normal range. I have to report these to her on next Thursday.

    I am having a very hard time sticking my finger. It does not hurt that bad; however, I hate the sight of blood. Doing this is driving me nuts! Last night I had the hardest time. I had to prick 5 different times because it seemed like there was a lot of clear fluid coming out of my pricks and not as much blood. The meter could not read this so I had to keep pricking until I got blood. Having to prick myself this many times is driving me nuts.

    So, my question is: Has anyone ever stopped having to check their levels since their levels were good after the diet? I am hoping the clinician will let me only have to take it once a day or every couple of days. Has anyone's doctor allowed them to do this or am I stuck sticking myself for the next 12 weeks?

    Also does anyone have trouble drawing blood from their fingers? Anyone had clear fluid? Is that due to extra fluid from swelling in the hands???

    Please help! Thanks!
    One other thing: I am still only seeing the obgyn every 3 weeks. Should I be checked more since I have GD???

    • ANSWER:
      I had GD as well. I always got the best result from sticking my thumb. You can also apply pressure to the finger which you are going to stick to bring more blood to that area before or after you stick.

  28. QUESTION:
    Is it okay to have a blood sugar level over 120 every once in a while?
    I've only been testing for a little over a week with gestational diabetes. My BS are usually within the 70-95 range throughout the day, but after fairly low carb dinner and a small dessert(fruit or bowl of ice cream), I get spikes. Today it was at 160 after 2 hours of eating a normal meal, when I tested before dinner it was 98. Is it ok to have spikes every once in a while after a big meal? My blood sugar is always around 70 first thing in the morning after fasting.

    • ANSWER:

  29. QUESTION:
    What do my blood sugar levels mean?
    I had a test last week for gestational diabetes and I failed the test (non-fasting, 50g glucose, blood tested 1 hour afterwards, result 9.2 mmol/L). I have another test coming up this week for confirmation. I know if it is confirmed I will get education about it but this diagnosis doesn't just affect me, it affects my baby too so I couldn't just wait a week not knowing. I got a blood testing machine and have been testing my blood sugar levels and googling it. I am now really confused. Can someone (with diabetes or a nurse or something) please tell me what my blood sugars mean?

    Yesterday
    5 hours after lunch - 4.7 mmol/L
    6 hours after lunch – 3.9 mmol/L
    1 hour after dinner – 5.9
    2 hours after dinner – 5.2

    Today
    Before breakfast – 4.0
    2 hours after breakfast – 6.7
    2 hours after lunch – 4.8

    Sorry I don’t know how to convert those numbers into the ones that are used in the US. As far as I can tell from googling, all of the numbers are normal except the one after breakfast today. What does that mean? Does it mean that my normal diet is enough to control it except for my breakfast (2 slices of raisin toast this morning)? The test was done in the morning too.

    Background info. regarding my risk factors – my dad and uncle have type 2 diabetes. I was at the top end of my healthy weight range before I got pregnant. Sorry the question is so long and thank you!
    Sorry I didn't mean to offend anyone by implying that only overweight people got diabetes. It was my midwife that told me that was a risk factor. She was asking about my weight prior to pregnancy and looking at how much weight I had put on during the pregnancy.

    On the day I got readings in the normal range I ate a chicken and salad sandwich and a banana for lunch and pasta with tomato, spinach and pumpkin sauce for dinner so it was still carbs.

    • ANSWER:
      All the readings are OK except for the 6.7 and of course, the 9.2.

      It would have been helpful to know what you ate at the meals after which the blood sugar was in target range.

      It could well be that you are glucose-intolerant and that's why you had high readings after the GD test (pure glucose) and the raisin toast (all carb becomes pure sugar in the blood, even whole grains). If that's the case, then you might be lucky enough to be able to control your blood sugar simply by watching the carbs.

      As for your risk factors, it is a cruel myth that being overweight causes diabetes. It does not. Type 2 diabetes is strongly genetic.

  30. QUESTION:
    my fasting blood sugar is 5.3 and 2 hour bloods are normal why?
    last friday week i had a gtt done in the maternity hospital my fasting blood sugars came back as 5.2 (which is .1 above the normal limit according to the hospital) but my 2hour test after 3 glasses of lucozade came back 4.2 (waaaayyyyy within the normal ranges according to the hospital) so they decided they d repeat it last friday which they did and my results are 5.3 fasting and 4.5 after lucozade....they want me to go to the diabeties clinic...but it makes no sense wat so ever.....if i had gestational diabetes lucozade would drive my blood sugars nuts not regulate them.....she said they want me to monitor my blood sugars for a while and see where to go from there...BUT IVE ONLY 8 WEEKS BEFORE IM DUE...

    • ANSWER:
      Sarah, I would say that you are fine . But to make sure I would continue to test myself. Even after you deliver.

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is "normal", there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Hope you have a easy delivery

      Tin

  31. QUESTION:
    Women With Gestational diabetes I have A Few ?'s for You.?
    I Had Gestational Diabetes With My Other 2 children And im currently Pregnant With My 3rd 14 weeks 4 Days Along. My Doctor has asked Me to check my Blood sugar 4 times A Day As of a few Days Ago for the rest of my Pregnancy I have not had to take a glucose test or anything Yet He said not Tell 24 weeks. My question Is I never had To Do The testing 4 times A day or at All with My Other 2 kids Because My Last doctor was not a Good One. So I Am Needing To Know What My Levels Should Be? Today 2 Hours After Eating I Got 128 Is This Bad? I Have heard some say Its Ok To Have Over 120 Then Others Say It Is Not! so what guidelines on Your Sugars Did your doctor give you? I cant ask mine for another 3 weeks so Im trying to keep it in a good range tell I find out for sure. This Is Day 3 And It has Not Been Over 88 Tell Today. Almost 2 Hours After Dinner I made A Mistake And took It 10 Minutes Early and It was 128 Then I decided to retake It And That was 5 Minutes After The Right Time And It was 109. What One Do I need to Go By Since Im writing It down for my doctor?

    • ANSWER:

  32. QUESTION:
    30 weeks with Gestational Diabetes, Concerned?
    I had my 3 hour blood glucose screening test last week and it came back positive today. Nobody in my family has ever experienced this nor does diabetes run in my family so it was a shock. I never thought I'd get it either. I haven't gained much weight in my pregnancy and my BMI was in the normal range to begin with (I'm about 5'5" at 118lbs pre pregnancy, I've only gained 18lbs with this pregnancy at 30weeks). I guess it can happen to anyone and I feel so guilty because I could have prevented this with a better diet. My doctor has referred me to a specialist in the practice that will be working with the OB as a team until I deliver and I have my first appointment with them in a week. He told me not to worry too much but in the meantime to cut out all sugar's and drink plenty of water. I am still nervous though and scared for my son. At 30 weeks he is already measuring at 4lbs. Has anyone else ever experienced this? I understand that it's a somewhat common problem now in the U.S. but I still worry. I would just like to know the following: Was your baby sick after he/she was born?, How big was your baby?, What sort of things should I expect over the next few weeks up until I deliver at the doctors?, What sort of delivery did you have (ie: C-Section, Induction, ect) and how complicated was your birth?, How is your baby doing today? Deep down I know it's going to be okay, but it's always nice to hear experiences of others. Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      Gestational Diabetes is simply insulin-resistance due to the hormonal changes in your body. Weight gain really has nothing to do with, nor does family history of true Type 1 or 2 diabetes. Please go to the American Diabetes Association's website to read more about what it actually is and is not. While you do need to monitor your sugar and be proactive about your diet, it's not likely that oyull end up with a 13 pound baby. Chances are, you'll deliver an 8 pounder and if you live in the US, there is a 1 in 4 chance you'll have a C-section, whether your baby is big or not. The specialist you'll be seeing should advise you on what you should be eating and should set you up with a dietician. Best wishes!

  33. QUESTION:
    I started taking glyburide for gestational diabetes 2 days ago, and today I am throwing up every hour?
    I looked into glyburide side effects and nausea and fever are both listed as occurring in 1.8% of users. My ob-gyn & nutritionist & perinatoligist can all be reached Monday. Should I take the glyburide tommorrow morning, or skip it?

    It is a drug used to make insulin work more efficiently, my numbers are a bit high, but in the "pre-diabetes" category. My normal fasting without the drug ranges from 85 - 110, and my one hour after meals ranges from 105 - 150.

    I am 30 weeks pregnant, and even clear liquids are making me vomit. I can keep them down long enough to prevent dehydration, and am drinking some sugar water to try to keep my blood sugar from getting to low, but I can only hold it down for an hour max. My fever is 101 after having taken 2 tylenol 1.5 hours ago.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugars don't seem to be that much out of line. When I found out I was pregnant and had my blood work done my AC1 was dangerously high at 12.6 (and had been for some time) I had to go on insulin (short and long acting) which luckily, with a tremendous amount of help from my perinatologist and a group of doctors and nurses at O'Connor Hospital in San Jose, CA, quickly and effectively helped me bring my sugar levels back to a safe level. In short, they saved my baby's life.

      I was told that insulin was the most effective and safest thing I could take. Are you taking insulin?
      It is my understanding that glyburide is not recommended during pregnancy and classified as Pregnancy Category C.

      My main concern for you right now is your fever 101 after taking Tylenol and the high risk of dehydration. Why do you have a fever? My advice is to GO TO THE HOSPITAL ER NOW! Go where you are planning to deliver your child. I know at the hospital where I delivered, they took me straight up to the maternity ward to access my conditions.

      Don't risk the heath of your two beautiful babies. Better safe than sorry! Remember, Monday is a Holiday and your doctors may not be available.... either way, I'd go. Right now!

  34. QUESTION:
    Gestational Diabetes..when to test?
    Today is the first full day I will be checking my blood sugars. Since the clinic is not open to clarify, can anyone tell me whether or not the morning blood sugar is to be taken as soon as I wake up or before breakfast?

    I was told to eat breakfast at the same time each day which would be around 7/8 am. I woke up this morning around 5:30 am to get my husband up and ready for work. Do I test now or do I wait until I am ready to eat breakfast to get an accurate fasting blood sugar?

    I went ahead and tested when I woke up anyway and it was a bit high..108 when the fasting target should be 95 at the highest (I also ate a late dinner). I'm sure if I waited until 7am to test, my levels would be within the normal range which is why I am a bit confused as to whether or not I need to record the higher number?

    • ANSWER:

  35. QUESTION:
    Help with understanding Gestational diabetes?
    Im pregnant with a failed one hour test. (145)

    I couldnt take the three hr because of my reaction to the sugar concoction with test one.

    So they gave me a onetouch Diabetic kit. Im having a hard time understanding when to test. I don't eat "breakfast lunch dinner". I drink coffee/milk in the morning, dont eat a bowl of ceral until like an hour later, its really random.

    Ok I woke up and took my number. it was 95. good right? then i drank my milk and a little coffee. It was then 156. I had a bowl of raisin brain and holy crap after that it peaked to 189. (15 min after eating)...

    Is it normal for it to be that high after I eat? I thought it should be under 130 after eating.

    I try to keep a carb-free diet with only meat a vegetables, but my body feels dead with this. Also, I did this while pregnant and felt alot less fetal movment/kicks (like she felt weak too). So, i just went back to a middle range and ate bread and rice, but brown and felt better..i was not taking my blood then so i dont know what my numbers were.

    Is that 189 number abnormal? isnt anyones that high after eating carbs?

    kinda scared..

    thanks :(
    PS doesn't anyone's blood sugar go up after eating sugar or carbs? Im really confused by this..thanks

    • ANSWER:

  36. QUESTION:
    How many carbs per meal/day can I eat with Gestational Diabetes?
    I found out two days ago that I have GD. I won't get to see a nutritionist for another week or so. My OB-GYN was very vague, no sugar or carbs. So i've been VERY strict with my diet, so much so that my blood glucose levels are below the range my i'm suppose to be in. 2 hours after a meal i'm between 94-101. My dr. told me to be between 110-130. Is it ok for me to be that low? Do I need to eat carbs? If so how many carbs per meal or per day can I have? Thank you to all!

    • ANSWER:
      Hi,

      You are eating for two, not one or three, so use a reasonable diet at least until you see a dietitian. If you want to pick up a couple of useful books, you might want to get something that has a food list with it's glycemic index.

      To get the Glycemic index, they take people who have not eaten in 8 hours and feed them a measured amount of a food. Say 10 ounces of corn, and the next day 10 ounces of sweet potato, next day 10 ounces of oatmeal. Next day 10 ounces of oatmeal with 1/4 teaspoon of cinnamon on it.

      They ended up with a list of foods and how quickly they turn into sugars once they hit the small intestines. So Oatmeal is slowly absorbed, and good for you, with cinnamon it is absorbed 20% slower.

      You can make a baked whole sweet potato, and peal and eat with cinnamon, it is good for you. Add vegetables, green salad, some fruit, it is a good meal.

      Have you made split pea soup? 1 pound of dried split peas, 1/2 pound of lentils, 1 small onion chopped up, 14 cups of water in a cock pot for 5 hours. Add sliced carrots about 1 hour before serving if you like.

      The book I am reading is Dr. Barnard's Program for Reversing Diabetes. He states that you will be at increased risk of developing type 2 diabetes later in life, because of the GD.

      So changing to a less acidic and more vegetarian lifestyle will help all 3 of you. He states that it is more likely you get diabetes from the family cookbook than the genes I think that is right, as I see it that way in my extended family, some have it and most don't. It seems the ones that eat healthy don't.

      Dr. Barnard recommends stop eating cheese, most milk products, and cut back on animal fats. Dr. Young recommends no soft drinks, and to eat foods on a alkaline list, not so much of the acidic foods. I also picked up a Acid Alkaline Food Guide. Border Books or Amazon.com

      Good Luck to you!

  37. QUESTION:
    38 weeks pregnant and i have a headache every day and i'm always tired. is this normal?
    I am 38 weeks pregnant and have gestational diabetes. Every day at different times of the day i get a really uncomfortable headache, but my blood sugars are usually in a good range so its not from that. what could it be from? also I am tired a lot. I could sleep 12 hours at night and still want to take a nap later in the afternoon. I have a C-Section scheduled for the 16th which is only 6 days away, but should i be worried about the tiredness and the headaches?

    • ANSWER:
      no its perfectly normal! congrats!

  38. QUESTION:
    How can I safely raise my blood pressure while pregnant?
    I am currently on a diabetic diet for my gestational diabetes and need to be able to maintain low blood sugar. I'm finding much of the sodium rich foods that people on other sites suggest (like ramen noodles) include too many carbohydrates and end up sending my sugar levels through the roof.

    I've been drinking Smart Water since it is sugar free and has electrolytes.

    The last two times I've had my blood pressure taken it's been around 90's over 50's and I've had at least two vasovagel episodes in the mmorningwhile showering where I've had to turn off the water and exit the shower and either sit or lay down to avoid passing out.

    Sometimes I have whole days where I feel dizzy and on the verge of fainting. My current doctor doesn't think this is an issue, but it is effecting my life!

    I've opted to change my insurance plan and seek out a new doctor, but I don't have my first appointment with my new doctor until the 14th of October. If anyone has any suggestions that I could feel safe trying in my condition or discuss over with an independent midwife friend of mine, I would really appreciate it!

    Most of the internet resources I have found are more interested in lowering one's blood pressure than iincreasingit. This was not a problem fro me dduringmy first pregnancy and when I'm not pregnant my blood pressure tends to be a little higher than my doctors are comfortable with, but not yet in a range where they prescribe action or medications.

    • ANSWER:
      The issue with taking suggestions from people on the internet is they don't know your exact medical history, and even if they did, not all of them are qualified health care professionals who are able to give good, sound advice.

      The best advice is to wait for your appointment with your new doctor on the 14th. I know it sucks, but wouldn't you rather wait 2 weeks than potentially harm yourself or your baby by trying something suggested to you by someone who doesn't actually know what they are talking about?

      I do think you are doing what's best for your currently by switching doctors. Low blood pressure and vasovagel episodes are not something he should have been ignoring, especially when it impacted your standard of living. I hope your new doctor is more understanding. Try to be more assertive with your new doctor as well.

      Good luck!

  39. QUESTION:
    should I get tested for diabetes?
    I'm a 45 year old woman who is about 100 lbs overweight. I just started exercising and am looking for a good weight loss food plan. I have high blood pressure. On 2 meds, I still run 130/88. Over the past year or so, I've started getting severely dry itchy hands and sometimes feet. Every once in a while, I get these sharp,stabbing sensations in my big toes. I also start to get sweaty very easily and tend to perspire a lot. I never had gestational diabetes, but when they did the glucose test when I was pregnant with my 5th kid, my blood sugar was 242. I did the home testing for a couple months after that, but it was always in normal range (but at the high end of normal). I don't really have any family history. Just one great uncle who was diabetic. My doctor has never suggested screening, but I'm thinking maybe it would be a good idea. Any thoughts?

    • ANSWER:
      Because you experienced borderline diabetic numbers during your 5th pregnancy, you should absolutely get screened at least once a year. Even though your doctor didn't label you diabetic, the 242 mg/dL suggests otherwise. Women who have gestational diabetes are much more at risk for developing Type 2 later on in their lives. Combined with your other risk factors, I'd say that testing is essential for you.

      As for the weight loss, I would recommend a diet that restricts starches and sugars, such as grains, corn, rice, potatoes, oats, etc. You're probably insulin resistant even if you're not diabetic, so low GI foods that don't require as much insulin will keep your insulin levels lower. Insulin promotes fat storage on your body, so it stands to reason that less insulin helps weight loss.

      Best of luck to you!

  40. QUESTION:
    I always have to get up and eat - can never sleep thru the night - why?
    I recently found out I have gestational diabetes, and found that I can control it by eliminating cereals, pasta, sugar and white flour. I believe I probably also have type 2 diabetes or am prediabetic and have felt that way for about 10 years. We have no access to health insurance, but I do have a glucometer and test my blood to stay within a healthy range. Also in my "care plan" is starting a vegetable garden so I have many good choices and it's cheaper than buying in the store. This is all fine and good, but even before I did that I had a hard time sleeping through the night because about 4 hours into the night, I wake up ravenously hungry. My blood sugar is low, and I CANNOT go back to sleep until I eat something carb-y. Then after that I can fall right back asleep. What's with this? My husband says it's all in my head and I need to "train myself to eat less." I have tried and it does not work. Oh - btw - am allergic to whole grains and milk - can only have small ammts.

    • ANSWER:
      Maybe a snack before bed, or possibly, if you are taking medication/insulin, your doctor may need to adjust it.

      Tell your husband that if your test readings are showing low blood sugar, it can't be "in your head" and eating less certainly would not help, it will more likely hurt. You may need to eat more!

      Call your doctor asap! Low blood sugar can be very dangerous if you do not do something as soon as possible to prevent it from happening again.

  41. QUESTION:
    Do you know what could be wrong?
    I have been sick like this for a few years now. When I was pregnant I had gestational diabetes, but my blood sugar is in a normal range. I am really young and I had no risk factors for gestational diabetes, which stumped doctors.
    My Symptoms:
    -Nausea
    -Chronic migraines in (my) left front
    -Dizziness
    -Blurry Vision
    -Shaky hands
    -Heavy Feeling Arms and Legs
    -Extreme Fatigue
    -Cold
    -Tight Throat

    I am 4'10" and 96lbs, doctors aren't helping and every time I symptom search I find things to deal with diabetes and the symptoms match, but my blood sugars are normal. The doctor always say to take ibuprofen, which of course is useless.

    • ANSWER:

  42. QUESTION:
    Should I lie to get induced?
    I have been monitoring my blood sugars b/c I have gestational diabetes and have been able to keep them in the OK range with the proper diet. My doctors originally told me they would not let me go past 39 weeks as it can be dangerous for GD moms and babies. Now last week, they said they would let me go until a week past my due date before induction (41 weeks). My due date is tomorrow and I am tempted to lie and say my blood sugar levels have been higher. I was also thinking of drinking orange juice before the appointment so I will have sugar in my urine. Is this a stupid idea? I am just nervous about going so much longer than all of the other GD moms I know. Also, the baby was estimated to weigh 8 lbs. at my 38 weeks ultrasound, so I am getting nervous about her getting too big. I have expressed my concerns multiple times to my doctor, but they won't bend.

    • ANSWER:
      Oh hun...don't risk your health or the baby's by letting your sugars get out of wack just to be induced. Now personally it's wrong to lie about your sugar testing but I know at close to 40 weeks I would probably do that if I had to but my doctor is more accomodating then your doctor is!
      As for the risk of going to term with GD they are referring to the fact that with GD the placenta can begin to stop working sooner then "normal" pregnancies. As long as they are monitoring the baby and you it's okay to get to term. Also if the baby just can't seem to move through they'll order a c-section even if they induced you today.
      It's also better to let the baby cook as long as it can with GD since the sugars in your blood will allow the baby to get huge but causes slower development of the lungs.
      Good luck.

  43. QUESTION:
    COnfused about my blood sugars?
    First of all I am eating the recommended carb load from my dietician ( for gestational diabetes )
    SOMETIMES my numbers are high ( nothing crazy ) 1 hour after I eat then they are low according to my chart 2 hours after I eat.( again nothing crazy...high 3 ranges )

    Today at dinner I may have eaten too many carbs...I wasn't counting...it was an appy dinner for xmas eve...so chicken wings, cheddar cheese, mozza cheese, chips, and some pastry foods like rolls etc...I tried to count in my head and it was probably over my limit but not a crazy amoutn..
    I didn't test 1 hour after but it was 9.1 at 2 hours after

    My question is why do they spike 1 hour after then I get low readings 2 hours after but this time just going over a little bit I have such a high reading after 2 hours? Is it just the type of food or the time of day? Im just trying to keep this under control.
    I dont know how uch of a concern my numbers are...they are a bit high and low in places but not by much

    Example yesterdays lunch before 4.6, 1 hour 8.6. , 2 hour 3..8 ( nothing crazy last 2 numbers are in out )

    then todays 9.1 after 2 hours...

    Any advice appreciated, thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      The chips, chicken wings, and pastries probably have more carbohydrates in them than I eat in a week. That would definitely explain a blood sugar spike.

      Let's start with why you normally have high 1-hour readings and low 2-hour readings. First, it's normal to have higher blood sugar at 1 hour than 2 hours. Non-diabetics experience the same pattern; however, non-diabetics probably don't spike as high at 1 hour as the typical diabetic. I've tested non-diabetics and they barely go over 100 after an hour. Crazy, huh? There are a lot of reasons why this happens. Non-diabetics have a tightly regulated system that keeps an ample amount of circulating insulin in the body at all times. And they aren't insulin resistant, so they can effectively use all the insulin they're making. Their pancreases also respond to carbohydrates better because their phase one insulin response is intact.

      In a diabetic, that phase one response is impaired. A diabetic can't keep up with rising blood sugar after a meal. The fact that you can usually get down to normal by two hours is a good sign because clearly your pancreas works very well, even if it is a bit delayed. You release a lot of insulin, but you release it a little late, which is why you go so high (can't control the spike) and then drop so low (huge surge of delayed insulin). The problem is that diabetes is very progressive and you may get to a point where you can never get down to normal at two hours, especially when you let yourself spike high.

      You ate a LOT of carbs - simple and complex. You may not think that it's more than you usually eat, but I'm betting it was. You just ate too many for your body to handle. When you eat fewer carbs, your body can't handle the blood sugar spike initially, but then can accommodate it. When you eat that many, clearly your body just cannot get you down to normal by two hours.

      As diabetics, we need to understand the role of food in our disease management. You're still at a point where you can eat a lot of carbs and do okay, but let me tell you - that control can quickly disappear. The simplest way to reduce these spikes is just to reduce the number of carbs you eat at one sitting. Spread them out or cut some of your portions as an experiment. You'll notice that your 1 hour will be much better. That's a lot like what a non-diabetic's blood sugar does. The spike is small and gradual and blood sugar returns to normal at two hours. As a diabetic, your spike is enormous over your pre-meal levels and your drop is even more startling.

  44. QUESTION:
    Can I do light "chores" with Mild preclampsia?! Moms HELP please! :-) ?
    I am currently almost 38 weeks and I was just diagnosed with mild preclampsia. Blood pressures are running about 140/ 95 average. I have slight protein in my urine, not a huge amount in the 24 hour urine. I have very slight headaches and blurry vision is a "constant" in my pregnancies, due to hormone levels. Baby is moving fine at this point, (thank the good Lord!) However, along with this I was also just diagnosed with gestational diabetes. I am checking my blood sugars and they are with in the 90-130 range. I also have a 6 year old that needs to be brought to school and taken care of. My husband works full time, and we live from check to check, so time off is going to be saved for after the baby! My mother is disabled and blind, so I also take care of her as well and that option for help is out the window! My husband is doing a great job, but also the spring time is his busy time, and we need a home to bring the baby to! :-)
    Anyway moms, I guess what I am asking is if any of you had preclampsia and if you did, did you still perform light chores?! I mean like sitting down folding laundry for example. I have a small ranch house, with no stairs thank God! I was also cleared to bring my son to school and drive! I have been dealing with this so far by doing a small amount like loading the dishwasher and clearing the counter for a half an hour and then taking my blood pressure and If it is high, I lay back down! I am getting much more rest than before and I am also being closely monitored as well!
    Any insight would be so helpful! Also, what are some of your experiences with preclampsia, and how did you cope?! Thanks a ton!

    • ANSWER:
      I'm not sure about your situation but I also had the same problem and I was told by my doc not to do more than sitting. He made me monitor at home. He told me the bottom number couldn't go over 95. One night it did. Even though I felt fine I called him to let him no. I had a stillbirth before and was paranoid. He told me to go to the hospital to be monitored. That was at 31 weeks. Well that lasted for 2days and then I had a c section because he didn't want to risk it.
      I know you have a lot of pressure on you but nothing is worth risking the baby it just isn't. Your pregnant and physical labor however mild it is perceived can stress you. Relax. I had a hard time but I just kept focusing on the baby.

  45. QUESTION:
    Could I be diabetic even if it doesn't run in my family?
    I'm constantly thirsty, even though I live in very humid climate. I drink at least 4-5 22 ounce glasses of water a day and I pee every hour or so. I can very obviously feel the symptoms of a big drop in blood sugar anytime I go more than a few hours without food, and it's much more noticeable if I have eaten something that's high in carbs and low in fat in protein. Say I eat pancakes and syrup for breakfast - 2 or 3 hours later, I'll be a weak, shaky mess. I feel either too hot or too cold most of the time. My skin's ALWAYS cold to the touch, especially my hands and feet. I have struggled with fatigue (and depression, at times) for years. I'm 25 years old, female, and I've never been overweight or underweight, although my weight does tend to fluctuate. I always stay somewhere within the healthy range.
    There is not a STRONG history of diabetes in my family, but my mother did have gestational diabetes during her third pregnancy with my little sister. My mother's father also had fairly mild hypoglycemia.
    Do I have enough symptoms and risk factors that diabetes is a real possibility? The symptoms aren't particularly interfering with my life and I don't have health insurance, so I don't want to go to the doctor if I'm just being a hypochondriac.

    • ANSWER:
      You can absolutely get diabetes even if it doesn't run in your family. It is really important to find out as soon as possible. If you absolutely cannot go to the doctor, do you have a friend or family member who would let you test with their meter? If you're diabetic or pre-diabetic it's not something you want to put off.

      Diabetes is not curable by any means. It's controllable.

  46. QUESTION:
    In pregnancy which is healthiest for increasing caffeine intake, coffee, tea, or pop? Other healthy source?
    I have really low blood pressure (80's/40's sometimes lower,) and I am 30 weeks pregnant. My doctor said there isn't much you can do for it (besides IV's to increase liquid volume in the body) and as long as I don't faint I am okay, and as long as the baby still moves normally it is okay as well.
    However, he did suggest some home remedies for increasing blood pressure such as healthy caffeine intake since it naturally raises blood pressure.
    I never was big on sweets, and I stopped drinking caffeinated drinks when I linked my migraines to caffeine intake. (10+ years ago) When I would drink pop, I prefered the flavor of ones made with cane sugar verse corn syrups or Italian Soda, I used sugar in the raw when I was a coffee drinker, and I used agave or honey to sweeten teas. I don't like chocolate. I loved Guarana once upon a time.
    I am 'underweight' for term in pregnancy and I am having trouble gaining weight in pregnancy so he said I could increase my healthy fats too, especially ones in dairy for example. Also I am not at risk for gestational diabetes so I am not worried about the assumed increase of sugar in the beverages suggested. I am advised to still monitor/avoid excess sodium, hydonated oils, high trans fats, and the other culprits of high blood pressure for general health though.
    So I am wondering, what is the healthiest source for increasing my caffeine intake? Coffee with sugar and cream? Teas that are sweetened? Or Pop (which has sodium and probably other un-natural ingredients)? Good flavors/brands of hot chocolate? (swiss miss and nestle are NASTY examples) Other foods with caffeine I should look into? I need suggestions for good products since it has been so long since I was in the market.

    It is suggested pregnant women consume 3 or less servings per day of caffeine (based off normal coffee which is about 90mg each) so 270-300 range or less. SO please don't lecture me on that, this is a medicinal approach a doctor reccommended.

    Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      I would say tea,especially green tea; its helped me with morning sickness and tea is also good for cold symptoms and generally feeling run down. Besides,pop makes you more thirsty,so you drink more and more of chemicals that really aren't too good for you or baby, wasting calories that should be spent on healthy foods. tea also has antioxidants that are healthy for you and herbs as well. if you want another way to slowly increase caffeine thats healthy you can munch a square of dark chocolate as well, the higher the cacao percentage the better,some of my personal favorites being dove and hershey, although to each their own. hope this helps somewhat! good luck!

  47. QUESTION:
    How frustrating it is to control diet and feel hungry during pregnancy...?
    I have been diagnosed with impaired glucose tolerance ( A step down to Gestational diabetes). I am 34 weeks pregnant and this was diagnosed at 31 weeks.
    My OBs doesn't think I need to control diet except reducing sugar intake. ( I don't take much sugar anyway)
    However my endocrinologist think I should be strict with my diet and monitor blood glucose level twice a day two hours after meal, which I have been doing for fast few days.

    When I started to measure blood glucose after meals I realised in order to maintain it below 7 mmol/l ( the upper level of normal range) I nearly have to starve my self. I constantly feel hungry and uncomfortable.

    Please give any advices guys, if you have been diagnosed before with gestational diabetes or impaired glucose tolerance, how did you cope?

    If you can list down or provide a link for a sample meal plan that would be great.

    Thanks in advance for your responses.

    • ANSWER:
      Ok..I can tell you how frustrating it has been and if you'd like someone to chat with, feel free to contact me via this email address: jo.vantreese@carrier.utc.com.

      I failed my 1 hour glucose tolerance test at week 26, went back at week 28 for the 3 hour, failed it miserably! So, the next day I was at a dietician's office where I was given a pretty strict diet to follow. It was basically:
      Breakfast: 2 carbs, 1 protien, 1 fat
      AM snack: 1 carb, 1 protein
      Lunch: 3 carbs, 2 proteins, 2 fats
      Snack: 1 carb, 1 protein
      Dinner: 4 carbs, 3 proteins, 2 fats
      PM snack: 1 carb, 1 protein

      After about 2 weeks of that diet and a visit to my doctors office, my blood sugar was getting higher and I was belly growling hungry at every meal and snack! I talked to my doctor and my dietician. (oh, I'd lost 2 pounds as well at week 32 w/only a 15 pound total weight gain at week 30).

      My dietician increased my calories from 1800 to 2400 and added a carb at lunch and atleatst 1 protein, a carb at dinner and a protein, and a carb and protein at both afternoon snacks.

      My belly has been very satisfied, however my sugar is still a little high. I was put on a pill to control my diabetes, but in my opinion it's not doing that great of a job, but they are not raising it yet.

      Really...if you want someone to chat with email me. That's my work email so I only answer during the day, not at night.

  48. QUESTION:
    I'm 29 weeks pregnant and recently found out?
    that I have gestational diabetes, I'm trying to control it with diet and exercise, I have to test my blood sugar 6 times a day, before a meal and an hour after I eat, my levels have been in the range of 77 to 124 and only 2 readings that were high 151 and 161 and both readings were after I ate my dinner I have completly changed my diet with low carbs,I've lost 3 pounds, by my readings does it seem like I am controling it I won't see my doctor for another week and half and im curious if i am controling it the right way i find my self panicing when i had the reading of 166 and 151,

    • ANSWER:
      Don't panic... that's just a little high. You're doing fine. Keep up the good work. There's a very handy chart and explanation on what your blood glucose should be on this webpage:
      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glucose_tolerance_test

  49. QUESTION:
    Glyburide wearing off throughout day?
    I have gestational diabetes and for 3 weeks was following the diet plan set by a nutritionist. My numbers 2hours after meals were all within range (87-114), the only number that wasn't was my fasting number in the AM (it was typically 90-95). My doctor had me start on 2.5 mg of glyburide with breakfast yesterday. My blood sugar 2 hours after breakfast was 76 (lowest I've ever gotten and I was beginning to feel it) and lunch was 80...both of which were lower than what I normally get. My after dinner was 113, which is typical and my fasting this morning was 92, which is also typical. I was told this should work all day, but it seems to me it worked too well for the first part of my day and not at all the rest. Has anyone else had this experience?

    • ANSWER:
      Glyburide peaks at 6 hours and tapers off. Thats why you find it working best in the first part of the day.
      Also go on a low carb diet.http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm No carb counting with this diet.
      Take care

      Tin

  50. QUESTION:
    Sugar in urine and gestational diabetes?
    I am 30 weeks pregnant and diagnosed with gestational diabetes 3 weeks ago. I have been following the diet plan and monitoring my blood sugar twice a day. My fasting blood sugar ranges from 87-95...I was told that wasn't a reason for concern unless the lowest number I was getting was 95. My blood sugar 2 hours after meals ranges from 89-113 (I've had 2 that were out of range, but that was after a meal that was difficult to figure out my carbs, both time it was in the low 90s after 3 hours). Today I had sugar in my urine...is this a concern if my blood sugar is within range?

    • ANSWER: